HERITAGE COMMERCE CORP - Annual Report: 2008 (Form 10-K)
|
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE
COMMISSION
Washington, D.C.
20549
FORM 10-K
(MARK ONE)
x ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO
SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the fiscal year ended December
31, 2008
OR
o TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO
SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
FOR
THE TRANSITION PERIOD FROM ___________ TO _____________
Commission file number
000-23877
Heritage Commerce
Corp
(Exact
name of Registrant as Specified in its Charter)
California
|
77-0469558
|
(State
or Other Jurisdiction of Incorporation or Organization)
|
(I.R.S.
Employer Identification Number)
|
150 Almaden
Boulevard
San Jose,
California 95113
(Address
of Principal Executive Offices including Zip Code)
(408) 947-6900
(Registrant's
Telephone Number, Including Area Code)
Securities
registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
Title of Each
Class
|
Name of Each Exchange
on which Registered
|
Common
Stock, no par value
|
The
NASDAQ Stock Market
|
1
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the
Act: None
Indicate
by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in
Rule 405 of the Securities Act.
Yes o No
x
Indicate
by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to
Section 13 or 15(d) of the Act.
Yes o No
x
Indicate
by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be
filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the
preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required
to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for
the past 90 days. Yes x
No o
Indicate
by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of
Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best
of Registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements
incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K, or any amendment to
this Form 10-K. x
Indicate
by check mark whether the Registrant is an large accelerated filer, an
accelerated filer, or a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company.
See the definitions of "large accelerated filer", "accelerated filer" and
"small reporting company" in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange
Act. x
Large
accelerated filer o Accelerated
filer x Non-accelerated
filer o Smaller
reporting company o
(Do not check
if a smaller
reporting
company)
Indicate
by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in
Rule 12b-2 of the Act). Yes o No
x
The
aggregate market value of the stock held by non-affiliates of the Registrant,
based upon the closing price of its common stock as of June 30, 2008 ($9.90 per
share), as reported on the Nasdaq Global Select Market, was approximately $99
million.
As of February 17, 2009, there were 11,820,509 shares of the
Registrant’s common stock (no par value) outstanding.
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
Portions of
the Registrant’s definitive proxy statement to be filed with the
Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Regulation 14A in
connection with the 2009 Annual Meeting to be held on May 28, 2009 are
incorporated by reference into Part III of this Report. The
proxy statement will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission
not later than 120 days after the Registrant’s fiscal year ended December
31, 2008.
|
|
2
HERITAGE COMMERCE
CORP
INDEX TO
ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K
FOR YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
2008
Part
I.
|
Page
|
|
Item 1.
|
Business |
4
|
Item 1A
|
Risk Factors |
14
|
Item 1B.
|
Unresolved Staff Comments |
19
|
Item 2.
|
Properties |
19
|
Item 3.
|
Legal Proceedings |
20
|
Item 4.
|
Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders |
20
|
Part
II.
|
||
Item 5.
|
Market for the Registrant's Commom Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities |
21
|
Item 6.
|
Selected Financial Data |
23
|
Item 7.
|
Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations |
25
|
Item
7A.
|
Quantiative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk |
44
|
Item 8.
|
Financial Statements and Supplementary Data |
44
|
Item 9.
|
Changes in Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosures |
44
|
Item 9A.
|
Controls and Procedures |
44
|
Item 9B.
|
Other Information |
45
|
Part III.
|
||
Item 10.
|
Directors and Executive Officers and Corporate Governance |
45
|
Item 11.
|
Executive Compensation |
45
|
Item 12.
|
Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters |
45
|
Item 13.
|
Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence |
45
|
Item 14.
|
Principal Accountant Fees and Services |
45
|
Part IV.
|
|
|
Item 15.
|
Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules |
45
|
Signatures
|
46
|
|
Financial
Statements
|
48
|
|
Exhibit
Index
|
77
|
3
ITEM
1 - BUSINESS
|
Discussions
of certain matters in this Report on Form 10-K may constitute forward looking
statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as
amended, and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the
“Exchange Act”), and as such, may involve risks and uncertainties.
Forward-looking statements, which are based on certain assumptions and describe
future plans, strategies, and expectations, are generally identifiable by the
use of words such as “believe”, “expect”, “intend”, “anticipate”, “estimate”,
“project”, “assume,” “plan,” “predict,” “forecast” or similar expressions. These
forward-looking statements relate to, among other things, expectations of the
business environment in which the Company operates, projections of future
performance, potential future performance, potential future credit experience,
perceived opportunities in the market, and statements regarding the Company’s
mission and vision. The Company’s actual results, performance, and achievements
may differ materially from the results, performance, and achievements expressed
or implied in such forward-looking statements due to a wide range of factors.
The factors include, but are not limited to changes in interest rates, reducing
interest margins or increasing interest rate risk, general economic conditions
nationally or in the State of California, legislative and regulatory changes
adversely affecting the business in which the Company operates, monetary and
fiscal policies of the US Government, real estate valuations, the availability
of sources of liquidity at a reasonable cost, access to capital on terms that
are not materially adverse to our shareholders, the adequacy of our allowance
for loan losses, delinquencies and non-performing assets in our loan portfolios,
competition in the financial services industry, the occurrence of events such as
the terrorist acts of September 11, 2001, and other risks. All of the Company’s
operations and most of its customers are located in California. In
addition, acts and threats of terrorism or the impact of military conflicts have
increased the uncertainty related to the national and California economic
outlook and could have an effect on the future operations of the Company or its
customers, including borrowers. See Item 1A – Risk Factors
for further discussion of factors that could cause actual results to differ from
forward-looking statements. The Company does not undertake, and
specifically disclaims any obligation, to update any forward-looking statements
to reflect occurrences or unanticipated events or circumstances after the date
of such statements.
General
|
Heritage
Commerce Corp (the “Company”) is registered with the Board of Governors of the
Federal Reserve System (“Federal Reserve Board”) as a Bank Holding Company under
the Bank Holding Company Act (“BHCA”). The Company was organized in 1997 to be
the holding company for Heritage Bank of Commerce. Subsequent to
1997, the Company became the holding company for Heritage Bank East Bay
(“HBEB”), Heritage Bank South Valley (“HBSV”), and Bank of Los Altos
(“BLA”). On January 1, 2003, HBEB, HBSV, and BLA were merged into
Heritage Bank of Commerce (“HBC”). The former HBEB, HBSV, and BLA now
operate as branch offices of HBC and continue to serve their local markets. In
June 2007, the Company acquired Diablo Valley Bank (“DVB”), and DVB merged into
HBC.
The
Company’s only other direct subsidiaries are Heritage Capital Trust I (formed
2000), Heritage Statutory Trust I (formed 2000), Heritage Statutory
Trust II (formed 2001) and Heritage Statutory Trust III (formed 2002)
(collectively, “Subsidiary Trusts”), which were formed solely to facilitate the
issuance of capital trust pass-through securities to enhance regulatory capital
and liquidity. Pursuant to FASB Interpretation No. 46, Consolidation of Variable Interest
Entities (FIN 46), the Subsidiary Trusts are not reflected on a
consolidated basis in the financial statements of the Company.
The
Company’s principal source of income is dividends from HBC. The
expenditures of the Company, including (but not limited to) the payment of
dividends to shareholders, if and when declared by the Board of Directors, the
cost of servicing debt, legal fees, audit fees, and shareholder costs will
generally be paid from dividends paid to the Company by HBC.
At
December 31, 2008, the Company had consolidated assets of $1.5 billion,
deposits of $1.2 billion and shareholders’ equity of $184.3
million. The Company’s liabilities include $23.7 million in debt
obligations due to the Subsidiary Trusts related to capital trust pass-through
securities issued by those entities.
The
Internet address of the Company’s website is
“http://www.heritagecommercecorp.com.” The Company makes available
free of charge through the Company’s website, the Company’s annual reports on
Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K and
amendments to these reports. The Company makes these reports
available on its website on the same day they appear on the SEC’s
website.
References
herein to the “Company” include the Company and its consolidated subsidiary,
unless the context indicates otherwise.
Heritage
Bank of Commerce
Heritage
Bank of Commerce (“HBC”) is a California state-chartered bank headquartered in
San Jose, California. It was incorporated in November 1993 and opened for
business in January 1994. HBC is a multi-community independent bank
that offers a full range of banking services to small to medium sized businesses
and their owners, managers and employees residing in Santa Clara, Alameda, San
Mateo, and Contra Costa counties in California. We operate ten full
service branch offices throughout this geographic footprint. The
locations of HBC’s current offices are:
4
San
Jose:
|
Administrative
Office
Main
Branch
150
Almaden Boulevard
|
Fremont:
|
Branch
Office
3077
Stevenson Boulevard
|
Danville:
|
Branch
Office
387 Diablo
Road
|
Gilroy:
|
Branch
Office
7598
Monterey Street Ste #110
|
Los
Altos:
|
Branch
Office
419 South
San Antonio Road
|
Los
Gatos:
|
Branch
Office
15575
Los Gatos Boulevard
|
Morgan Hill: |
Branch
Office
18625
Sutter Boulevard
|
Mountain
View:
|
Branch
Office
175
E. El Camino Real
|
Pleasanton: |
Branch
Office
300 Main
Street
|
Walnut Creek: |
Branch
Office
101 Ygnacio
Valley Road Ste
#100
|
HBC’s
gross loan balances at the end of 2008 totaled $1.25 billion. HBC’s lending
activities are diversified and include commercial, real estate, construction
loans, and consumer loans. HBC’s commercial loans are made for working capital,
financing the purchase of equipment or for other business purposes. Such loans
include loans with maturities ranging from thirty days to one year and “term
loans,” with maturities normally ranging from one to five years. Short-term
business loans are generally intended to finance current transactions and
typically provide for periodic principal payments, with interest payable
monthly. Term loans normally provide for floating or fixed interest rates, with
monthly payments of both principal and interest. HBC’s commercial loans are
centered in locally-oriented commercial activities in markets where HBC has a
physical presence through its branch offices and loan production
offices.
HBC’s
real estate term loans consist primarily of loans made based on the borrower’s
cash flow and are secured by deeds of trust on commercial and residential
property to provide a secondary source of repayment. HBC generally restricts
real estate term loans to no more than 80% of the property’s appraised value or
the purchase price of the property, depending on the type of property and its
utilization. HBC offers both fixed and floating rate loans. Maturities on such
loans are generally restricted to between five and ten years (with amortization
ranging from fifteen to twenty-five years and a balloon payment due at
maturity); however, SBA and certain real estate loans that can be sold in the
secondary market may be granted for longer maturities.
HBC’s
real estate land and construction loans are primarily short term interim loans
to finance the construction of commercial and single family residential
properties. HBC utilizes underwriting guidelines to assess the
likelihood of repayment from sources such as sale of the property or permanent
mortgage financing prior to making the construction loan.
HBC makes
consumer loans for the purpose of financing automobiles, various types of
consumer goods, and other personal purposes. Additionally, HBC makes home equity
lines of credit available to its clientele. Consumer loans generally provide for
the monthly payment of principal and interest. Most of HBC’s consumer loans are
secured by the personal property being purchased or, in the instances of home
equity loans or lines, real property.
We also
actively engage in Small Business Administration (“SBA”) lending. We
have been designated as an SBA Preferred Lender since 1999. As of
December 31, 2008, 72% of the weighted average balance of our total SBA loans
were guaranteed by the SBA.
As of
December 31, 2008, the percentage of our total loans for each of the
principal areas in which we directed our lending activities were as follows: (i)
commercial 42% (including SBA loans), (ii) real estate secured loans 33%,
(iii) construction loans 21%, and (iv) consumer (including home equity)
4%. While no specific industry concentration is considered
significant, our lending operations are located in market areas dependent on
technology and real estate industries and their supporting
companies.
5
In
addition to loans, we offer a wide range of deposit products for retail and
business banking markets including checking accounts, interest-bearing
transaction accounts, savings accounts, time deposits and retirement
accounts. We attract deposits from throughout our market area with a
customer-oriented product mix, competitive pricing, and convenient
locations. At December 31, 2008, we had approximately 17,200 deposit
accounts totaling $1.15 billion, including brokered deposits, compared to 15,800
deposit accounts totaling approximately $1.06 billion as of December 31,
2007.
We offer
a multitude of other products and services to complement our lending and deposit
services. These include cashier’s checks, traveler’s checks, bank-by-mail, ATM,
night depository, safe deposit boxes, direct deposit, automated payroll
services, electronic funds transfers, on-line banking, and other customary
banking services. We currently operate ATMs at six different locations. In addition, we have
established a convenient customer service group accessible by toll-free
telephone to answer questions and promote a high level of customer
service. HBC does not have a trust department. In addition to the
traditional financial services offered, HBC offers remote deposit capture,
automated clearing house origination; electronic data interchange and check
imaging. HBC continues to investigate products and services that it
believes address the growing needs of its customers and to analyze other
markets for potential expansion opportunities.
Correspondent
Banks
Correspondent
bank deposit accounts are maintained to enable the Company to transact types of
activity that it would otherwise be unable to perform or would not be cost
effective due to the size of the Company or volume of activity. The Company has
utilized several correspondent banks to process a variety of
transactions.
Acquisition of
Diablo Valley Bank
In June
2007, the Company acquired Diablo Valley Bank. The transaction was
valued at approximately $65 million, including payments for cancellation of
options for Diablo Valley Bank common stock. Diablo Valley Bank
shareholders received a per share consideration of
$23.00. Accordingly, the Company paid approximately $24 million in
cash and issued 1,732,298 shares of the Company’s common stock in exchange for
all outstanding Diablo Valley Bank shares and stock options. Prior to
closing, Diablo Valley Bank redeemed all of its outstanding Series A Preferred
Stock for an aggregate of approximately $6.7 million in cash (including dividend
payments).
U.S.
Treasury Troubled Asset Relief Program
On
October 3, 2008, the Troubled Asset Relief Program (“TARP”) was signed into
law. TARP gave the United States Treasury (U.S. Treasury) authority
to deploy up to $750 billion into the financial system with an objective of
improving liquidity in capital markets. On October 24, 2008, the U.S.
Treasury announced plans to direct $250 billion of this authority into preferred
stock investments in banks. On November 21, 2008, the Company entered
into a Letter Agreement and Securities Purchase Agreement - Standard Terms (the
“Purchase Agreement”) with the U.S. Treasury, pursuant to which the Company
issued and sold (i) 40,000 shares of the Company’s Fixed Rate Cumulative
Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series A (the “Series A Preferred Stock”) and (ii) a
warrant (the “Warrant” or “TARP Warrant”) to purchase 462,963 shares of the
Company’s common stock, no par value (“Warrant Shares”), for an aggregate
purchase price of $40 million.
The
Series A Preferred Stock pays cumulative dividends at a rate of 5% per year for
the first five years and at a rate of 9% per year thereafter, but will be paid
only if and when declared by the Company’s board of directors. The Series A
Preferred Stock has no maturity date and ranks senior to the common stock with
respect to the payment of dividends and distributions and amounts payable upon
liquidation, dissolution and winding up of the Company. The Series A Preferred
Stock is generally non-voting, other than class voting on certain matters that
could adversely affect the Series A Preferred Stock. In the event that dividends
payable on the Series A Preferred Stock have not been paid for the equivalent of
six or more quarters, whether or not consecutive, the Company’s authorized
number of directors will be increased by two and the holders of the Series A
Preferred Stock, voting together with holders of any then outstanding voting
parity stock, will have the right to elect those directors at the Company’s next
annual meeting of shareholders or at a special meeting of shareholders called
for that purpose. These directors will be elected annually and will serve until
all accrued and unpaid dividends on the Series A Preferred Stock have been
paid.
The
Company may redeem the Series A Preferred Stock after February 15, 2012 for
$1,000 per share plus accrued and unpaid dividends. Prior to this date, the
Company may redeem, in whole or in part, at any time and from time to time, the
Series A Preferred Stock for $1,000 per share plus accrued and unpaid dividends
if: (i) the Company has raised aggregate gross proceeds in one or more
“qualified equity offerings” (as defined in the Purchase Agreement) of not less
than 25% of the aggregate purchase price for the Series A Preferred Stock and
Warrant paid by the Treasury ($10 million), and (ii) the aggregate redemption
price does not exceed the aggregate net cash proceeds from such qualified equity
offerings. Any redemption is subject to the prior approval of the Company’s
primary federal banking regulator.
Prior to
November 21, 2011, unless the Company has redeemed the Series A Preferred Stock
or the U.S. Treasury has transferred the Series A Preferred Stock to a third
party, the consent of the U.S. Treasury will be required for the Company to: (i)
declare or pay any dividend or make any distribution on the common stock (other
than regular quarterly cash dividends of not more than the amount of the last
quarterly cash dividend per share declared or, if lower, publicly announced an
intention to declare, on the common stock prior to October 14, 2008, as adjusted
for any stock split, stock dividend, reverse stock split, reclassification or
similar transaction) or (ii) redeem, purchase or acquire any shares of common
stock or other equity or capital securities, other than in connection with
benefit plans consistent with past practice and certain other circumstances
specified in the Purchase Agreement. In addition, the Company’s ability to
declare or pay dividends or repurchase common stock or other equity or capital
securities will be subject to restrictions in the event that the Company fails
to declare or pay (or set aside for payment) full dividends on the Series A
Preferred Stock.
The
Warrant is immediately exercisable and has a 10-year term with an initial
exercise price of $12.96. The exercise price and the ultimate number of shares
of common stock that may be issued under the Warrant are subject to certain
anti-dilution adjustments, such as upon stock splits or distributions of
securities or other assets to holders of the common stock, and upon certain
issuances of the common stock at or below a specified price relative to the then
current market price of the common stock. If, on or prior to December 31, 2009,
the Company receives aggregate gross cash proceeds of not less than $40 million
from “qualified equity offerings”, the number of shares of common stock issuable
pursuant to the Treasury’s exercise of the Warrant (the “Warrant Shares”) will
be reduced by one-half of the original number of Warrant Shares, taking into
account all adjustments, underlying the Warrant. Pursuant to the Purchase
Agreement, the Treasury has agreed not to exercise voting power with respect to
any Warrant Shares.
6
The
Series A Preferred Stock will qualify as a component of Tier 1
capital.
The
Series A Preferred Stock and the Warrant were issued in a private placement
exempt from registration pursuant to Section 4(2) of the Securities Act of 1933.
Upon the request of the U.S. Treasury at any time, the Company has agreed to
promptly enter into a deposit arrangement pursuant to which the Series A
Preferred Stock may be deposited and depositary shares may be issued. The
Company has filed a registration statement to register for resale the Series A
Preferred Stock, the Warrant and the Warrant Shares. Neither the
Series A Preferred Stock nor the Warrant will be subject to any contractual
restrictions on transfer, except that the U.S. Treasury may only transfer or
exercise an aggregate of one-half of the Warrant Shares prior to the earlier of
the redemption of 100% of the shares of Series A Preferred Stock or December 31,
2009.
Competition
|
The
banking and financial services business in California generally, and in the
Company’s market areas specifically, is highly competitive. The industry
continues to consolidate and unregulated competitors have entered banking
markets with products targeted at highly profitable customer
segments. Many larger unregulated competitors are able to compete
across geographic boundaries, and provide customers with meaningful alternatives
to most significant banking services and products. These
consolidation trends are likely to continue. The increasingly
competitive environment is a result primarily of changes in regulation, changes
in technology and product delivery systems, and the consolidation among
financial service providers.
With
respect to commercial bank competitors, the business is dominated by a
relatively small number of major banks that operate a large number of offices
within our geographic footprint. For the combined Santa Clara,
Alameda and Contra Costa county region, the three counties within which the
Company operates, the top three institutions are all multi-billion dollar
entities with an aggregate of 378 offices that control a combined 51.21% of
deposit market share based on June 30, 2008 FDIC market share
data. HBC ranks fourteenth with 1.09% share of total
deposits. These banks have, among other advantages, the ability to
finance wide-ranging advertising campaigns and to allocate their resources to
regions of highest yield and demand. They can also offer certain
services that we do not offer directly, but may offer indirectly through
correspondent institutions. By virtue of their greater total capitalization,
these banks also have substantially higher lending limits than we
do. For customers whose needs exceed our legal lending limit, we
arrange for the sale, or “participation,” of some of the balances to financial
institutions that are not within our geographic footprint.
In
addition to other large regional banks and local community banks, our
competitors include savings institutions, securities and brokerage companies,
mortgage companies, credit unions, finance companies and money market
funds. In recent years, we have also witnessed increased competition
from specialized companies that offer wholesale finance, credit card, and other
consumer finance services, as well as services that circumvent the banking
system by facilitating payments via the internet, wireless devices, prepaid
cards, or other means. Technological innovations have lowered
traditional barriers of entry and enabled many of these companies to compete in
financial services markets. Such innovation has, for example, made it
possible for non-depository institutions to offer customers automated transfer
payment services that previously were considered traditional banking
products. In addition, many customers now expect a choice of delivery
channels, including telephone, mail, personal computer, ATMs, self-service
branches, and/or in-store branches. Competitors offering such
products include traditional banks and savings associations, credit unions,
brokerage firms, asset management groups, finance and insurance companies,
internet-based companies, and mortgage banking firms.
Strong
competition for deposits and loans among financial institutions and non-banks
alike affects interest rates and other terms on which financial products are
offered to customers. Mergers between financial institutions have
placed additional pressure on other banks within the industry to remain
competitive by streamlining operations, reducing expenses, and increasing
revenues. Competition has also intensified due to federal and state
interstate banking laws enacted in the mid 1990’s, which permit banking
organizations to expand into other states. The relatively large and
expanding California market has been particularly attractive to out of state
institutions. The Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act of 1999, has made it
possible for full affiliations to occur between banks and securities firms,
insurance companies, and other financial companies, and has also intensified
competitive conditions. (See Item 1 - Business - Supervision
and Regulation - The Company - The Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act of
1999.)
In order
to compete with the other financial service providers, the Company principally
relies upon community-oriented, personalized service, local promotional
activities, personal relationships established by officers, directors, and
employees with its customers, and specialized services tailored to meet its
customers’
needs. Our “preferred lender” status with the Small Business
Administration allows us to approve SBA loans faster than many of our
competitors. In those instances where the Company is unable to
accommodate a customer’s needs, the
Company seeks to arrange for such loans on a participation basis with other
financial institutions or to have those services provided in whole or in part by
its correspondent banks. See Item 1 - “Business - Correspondent
Banks.”
Economic
Conditions, Government Policies, Legislation, and Regulation
The
Company’s profitability, like most financial institutions, is primarily
dependent on interest rate differentials. In general, the difference
between the interest rates paid by the HBC on interest-bearing liabilities, such
as deposits and other borrowings, and the interest rates received by HBC on
interest-earning assets, such as loans extended to customers and securities held
in the investment portfolio, will comprise the major portion of the Company’s
earnings. These rates are highly sensitive to many factors that are
beyond the control of the Company and HBC, such as inflation, recession and
unemployment, and the impact which future changes in domestic and foreign
economic conditions might have on the Company and HBC cannot be
predicted.
The
Company’s business is also influenced by the monetary and fiscal policies of the
federal government and the policies of regulatory agencies, particularly the
Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (“Federal Reserve
Board”). The Federal Reserve Board implements national monetary
policies (with objectives such as curbing inflation and combating recession)
through its open-market operations in U.S. Government securities by adjusting
the required level of reserves for depository institutions subject to its
reserve requirements, and by varying the target federal funds and discount rates
applicable to borrowings by depository institutions. The actions of
the Federal Reserve Board in these areas influence the growth of bank loans,
investments, and deposits and also affect interest earned on interest-earning
assets and paid on interest-bearing liabilities. The nature and
impact of any future changes in monetary and fiscal policies on the Company
cannot be predicted.
From time
to time, federal and state legislation is enacted which may have the effect of
materially increasing the cost of doing business, limiting or expanding
permissible activities, or affecting the competitive balance between banks and
other financial services providers. The Company cannot predict
whether or when potential legislation will be enacted and, if enacted, the
effect that it, or any implemented regulations and supervisory policies, would
have on our financial condition or results of operations. In
addition, the outcome of examinations, any litigation or any investigations
initiated by state or federal authorities may result in necessary changes in our
operations and increased compliance costs.
The
significant negative economic and financial developments and disruption of the
financial markets throughout 2008 and the expectation that the general economic
downturn that began in 2008 will continue into and possibly throughout 2009 has
resulted in uncertainty in the domestic and global financial
markets. Commercial as well as consumer loan portfolio performances
have deteriorated at many institutions and the competition for deposits and
quality loans has increased significantly. The values of real estate
collateral supporting many commercial loans and home mortgages have declined and
may continue to decline through 2009. Bank and bank holding company
stock prices have been negatively affected as has the ability of banks and bank
holding companies to raise capital or borrow in the debt markets compared to
recent years.
7
On
October 3, 2008, the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008 was enacted
("EESA") to restore confidence and stabilize the volatility in the U.S. banking
system and to encourage financial institutions to increase their lending to
customers and to each other. Initially introduced as the Troubled Asset Relief
Program ("TARP"), the EESA authorized the U.S. Treasury to purchase from
financial institutions and their holding companies up to $700 billion in
mortgage loans, mortgage-related securities and certain other financial
instruments, including debt and equity securities issued by financial
institutions and their holding companies in a troubled asset relief program.
Initially, $350 billion or half of the $700 billion was made immediately
available to the U.S. Treasury. On January 15, 2009, the remaining $350 billion
was released to the U.S. Treasury.
On
October 14, 2008, the U.S. Treasury announced its intention to inject capital
into nine large U.S. financial institutions under the TARP Capital Purchase
Program, and since has injected capital into many other financial institutions,
including the Company. On November 21, 2008, the Company entered into a Letter
Agreement and Securities Purchase Agreement - Standard Terms,
pursuant to which the Company issued and sold preferred stock and common stock
warrants for $40 million. See Item 1 – “Business – U.S. Treasury Troubled
Asset Relief Program.”
The bank
regulatory agencies, U.S. Treasury and the Office of Special Inspector General,
also created by the EESA, have issued guidance and requests to the financial
institutions that participate in the TARP Capital Purchase Program to document
their plans and use of TARP Capital Purchase Program funds and their plans for
addressing the executive compensation requirements associated with the TARP
Capital Purchase Program.
On
February 10, 2009, the U.S. Treasury and the federal bank regulatory agencies
announced in a Joint Statement a new Financial Stability Plan which would
include additional capital support for banks under a Capital Assistance Program,
a public-private investment fund to address existing bank loan portfolios and
expanded funding for the Federal Reserve Board's pending Term Asset-Backed
Securities Loan Facility to restart lending and the securitization
markets.
On
February 17, 2009, the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009 ("ARRA")
was signed into law. The ARRA includes various programs intended to stimulate
the economy. In addition, the ARRA imposes certain new executive compensation
and corporate expenditure limits on all current and future TARP recipients,
including the Company, until the institution has repaid the U.S. Treasury, which
is now permitted under the ARRA without penalty and without the need to raise
new capital, subject to the U.S. Treasury's consultation with the recipient's
appropriate regulatory agency.
On
February 23, 2009, the U.S. Treasury and the federal bank regulatory agencies
issued a Joint Statement providing further guidance with respect to the Capital
Assistance Program announced February 10, 2009, including: (i) that
the Program will be initiated on February 25, 2009 and will include "stress
test" assessments of major banks and that should the "stress test" indicate that
an additional capital buffer is warranted, institutions will have an opportunity
to turn first to private sources of capital; otherwise the temporary capital
buffer will be made available from the government; (ii) such additional
government capital will be in the form of mandatory convertible preferred
shares, which would be converted into common equity shares only as needed over
time to keep banks in a well-capitalized position and can be retired under
improved financial conditions before the conversion becomes mandatory; and (iii)
previous capital injections under the TARP Capital Purchase Program will also be
eligible to be exchanged for the mandatory convertible preferred shares. The
conversion of preferred shares to common equity shares would enable institutions
to maintain or enhance the quality of their capital by increasing their tangible
common equity capital ratios; however, such conversions would necessarily dilute
the interests of existing shareholders.
The EESA
also increased Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation ("FDIC") deposit insurance
on most accounts from $100,000 to $250,000. This increase is currently in place
until the end of 2009 and is not covered by deposit insurance premiums paid by
the banking industry. The FDIC has recently proposed that Congress extend the
$250,000 limit to 2016. In addition, the FDIC has implemented two temporary
programs to provide deposit insurance for the full amount of most noninterest
bearing transaction accounts (the “Transactions Account Guarantee”) through the
end of 2009 and to guarantee certain unsecured debt of financial institutions
and their holding companies through June 2012 under a temporary liquidity
guarantee program (the “Debt Guarantee Program” and together the “TLGP”).
Financial institutions had until December 5, 2008 to opt out of these two
programs The Company and HBC have elected to participate in these programs, but
have not issued any debt under the Debt Guarantee Program. The FDIC charges
"systemic risk special assessments" to depository institutions that participate
in the TLGP. The FDIC has recently proposed that Congress give the FDIC expanded
authority to charge fees to the holding companies which benefit directly and
indirectly from the FDIC guarantees.
Supervision
and Regulation
Introduction
Banking
is a complex, highly regulated industry. The primary goals of the
regulatory scheme are to maintain a safe and sound banking system, protect
depositors and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation’s insurance fund, and
facilitate the conduct of sound monetary policy. In furtherance of
these goals, Congress and the states have created several largely autonomous
regulatory agencies and enacted numerous laws that govern banks, bank holding
companies and the financial services industry. Consequently, the growth and
earnings performance of the Company and HBC can be affected not only by
management decisions and general economic conditions, but also by the
requirements of applicable state and federal statues, regulations and the
policies of various governmental regulatory authorities, including the Federal
Reserve Board, FDIC, and the California Department of Financial Institutions
(“DFI”).
The
system of supervision and regulation applicable to financial services businesses
governs most aspects of the business of the Company and HBC, including: (i) the
scope of permissible business; (ii) investments; (iii) reserves that must be
maintained against deposits; (iv) capital levels that must be maintained; (v)
the nature and amount of collateral that may be taken to secure loans; (vi) the
establishment of new branches; (vii) mergers and consolidations with other
financial institutions; and (viii) the payment of dividends.
From time
to time laws or regulations are enacted which have the effect of increasing the
cost of doing business, limiting or expanding the scope of permissible
activities, or changing the competitive balance between banks and other
financial and non-financial institutions. Proposals to change the
laws and regulations governing the operations of banks and bank holding
companies are frequently made in Congress, in the California legislature and by
various bank and other regulatory agencies. Future changes in the
laws, regulations or polices that impact the Company and HBC cannot necessarily
be predicted, but they may have a material effect on the business and earnings
of the Company and HBC.
The
Company
General. As a bank
holding company, the Company is registered under the Bank Holding Company Act of
1956, as amended, or the BHCA, and is subject to regulation by the Federal
Reserve Board. According to Federal Reserve Board policy, the Company
is expected to act as a source of financial strength for HBC, to commit
resources to support it in circumstances where the Company might not otherwise
do so. Under the BHCA, the Company is subject to periodic examination
by the Federal Reserve Board. The Company is also required to file
periodic reports of its operations and any additional information regarding its
activities and those of its subsidiaries, as may be required by the Federal
Reserve Board.
8
The
Company is also a bank holding company within the meaning of Section 3700 of the
California Financial Code. Consequently, the Company and HBC are
subject to examination by, and may be required to file reports with the
DFI. Regulations have not yet been proposed or adopted or steps
otherwise taken to implement the DFI’s powers under this statute.
The
Federal Reserve Board has a policy that bank holding companies must serve as a
source of financial and managerial strength to their subsidiary
banks. It is the Federal Reserve Board’s position that bank holding
companies should stand ready to use their available resources to provide
adequate capital to their subsidiary banks during periods of financial stress or
adversity. Bank holding companies must also maintain the financial
flexibility and capital raising capacity to obtain additional resources for
assisting their subsidiary bank.
The
Company’s stock is traded on the NASDAQ Global Select Market, and as such the
Company is subject to NASDAQ rules and regulations including those related to
corporate governance. The Company is also subject to the periodic
reporting requirements of Section 13 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the
“Exchange Act”) which requires the Company to file annual, quarterly and other
current reports with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the
“SEC”). The Company is subject to additional regulations including,
but not limited to, the proxy and tender offer rules promulgated by the SEC
under Sections 13 and 14 of the Exchange Act; the reporting requirements of
directors, executive officers and principal shareholders regarding transactions
in the Company’s Common Stock and short swing profits rules promulgated by the
SEC under Section 16 of the Exchange Act; and certain additional reporting
requirements by principal shareholders of the Company promulgated by the SEC
under Section 13 of the Exchange Act. As a publicly traded company
which had more than $75 million in public float as of June 30, 2008, the Company
is classified as an “accelerated filer.” In addition to accelerated
time frames for filing SEC periodic reports, this also means that the Company is
subject to the requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes Oxley Act of 2002
with regard to documenting, testing, and attesting to internal controls over
financial reporting. (See Supervision and Regulation – The
Company – The Sarbanes Oxley Act of 2002.)
Bank Holding Company
Liquidity. The Company is a legal entity, separate and
distinct from HBC. The Company has the ability to raise capital on
its own behalf or borrow from external sources. The Company may also
obtain additional funds from dividends paid by, and fees charged for services
provided to, HBC. However, regulatory constraints on HBC may restrict
or totally preclude the payment of dividends by HBC to the Company.
The
Company is entitled to receive dividends, when and as declared by HBC’s Board of
Directors. Those dividends may come from funds legally available for
those dividends, as specified and limited by the California Financial
Code. Under the California Financial Code, funds available for cash
dividends by a California-chartered bank are restricted to the lesser of: (i)
the bank’s retained earnings; or (ii) the bank’s net income for its last three
fiscal years (less any distributions to shareholders made during such
period). With the prior approval of the DFI, cash dividends may also
be paid out of the greater of: (a) the bank’s retained earnings; (b) net income
for the bank’s last preceding fiscal year; or (c) net income of the bank’s
current fiscal year.
If the
DFI determines that the shareholders’ equity of the bank paying the dividend is
not adequate or that the payment of the dividend would be unsafe or unsound for
the bank, the DFI may order the bank not to pay the dividend. Since
HBC is an FDIC insured institution, it is also possible, depending upon its
financial condition and other factors, that the FDIC could assert that the
payment of dividends or other payments might, under some circumstances,
constitute an unsafe or unsound practice and thereby prohibit such
payments.
Transactions With
Affiliates. The Company and any subsidiaries it may purchase
or organize are deemed to be affiliates of HBC within the meaning of Sections
23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act and the Federal Reserve Board’s
Regulation W. Under Sections 23A and 23B and Regulation W, loans by
HBC to affiliates, investments by them in affiliates’ stock, and taking
affiliates’ stock as collateral for loans to any borrower is limited to 10% of
HBC’s capital, in the case of any one affiliate, and is limited to 20% of HBC’s
capital, in the case of all affiliates. In addition, transactions
between HBC and other affiliates must be on terms and conditions that are
consistent with safe and sound banking practices; in particular, a bank and its
subsidiaries generally may not purchase from an affiliate a low-quality asset,
as defined in the Federal Reserve Act. These restrictions also
prevent a bank holding company and its other affiliates from borrowing from a
banking subsidiary of the bank holding company, unless the loans are secured by
marketable collateral of designated amounts. The Company and HBC are
also subject to certain restrictions with respect to engaging in the
underwriting, public sale and distribution of securities.
Limitations on Business and
Investment Activities. Under the BHCA, a bank holding company
must obtain the Federal Reserve Board’s approval before: (i) directly or
indirectly acquiring more than 5% ownership or control of any voting shares of
another bank or bank holding company; (ii) acquiring all or substantially all of
the assets of another bank; or (iii) merging or consolidating with another bank
holding company.
Bank
holding companies may own subsidiaries engaged in certain businesses that the
Federal Reserve Board has determined to be “so closely related to banking as to
be a proper incident thereto.” The Company, therefore, is permitted
to engage in a variety of banking-related businesses. Some of the
activities that the Federal Reserve Board has determined, pursuant to its
Regulation Y, to be related to banking are: (i) making or acquiring loans or
other extensions of credit for its own account or for the account of others;
(ii) servicing loans and other extensions of credit; (iii) performing functions
or activities that may be performed by a trust company in the manner authorized
by federal or state law under certain circumstances; (iv) leasing personal and
real property or acting as agent, broker, or adviser in leasing such property in
accordance with various restrictions imposed by Federal Reserve Board
regulations; (v) acting as investment or financial advisor; (vi) providing
management consulting advice under certain circumstances; (vii) providing
support services, including courier services and printing and selling
MICR-encoded items; (viii) acting as a principal, agent, or broker for insurance
under certain circumstances; (ix) making equity and debt investments in
corporations or projects designed primarily to promote community welfare or jobs
for residents; (x) providing financial, banking, or economic data processing and
data transmission services; (xi) owning, controlling, or operating a savings
association under certain circumstances; (xii) selling money orders, travelers’
checks and U.S. Savings Bonds; (xiii) providing securities brokerage services,
related securities credit activities pursuant to Regulation T, and other
incidental activities; and (xiv) underwriting dealing in obligations of the
U.S., general obligations of states and their political subdivisions, and other
obligations authorized for state member banks under federal law.
Additionally,
under the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act of 1999 qualifying bank holding companies
making an appropriate election to the Federal Reserve Board may engage in a full
range of financial activities, including insurance, securities and merchant
banking. The Company has not elected to qualify for these financial
activities.
9
Federal
law prohibits a bank holding company and any subsidiary banks from engaging in
certain tie-in arrangements in connection with the extension of
credit. Thus, for example, HBC may not extend credit, lease or sell
property, or furnish any services, or fix or vary the consideration for any of
the foregoing on the condition that: (i) the customer must obtain or provide
some additional credit, property or services from or to HBC other than a loan,
discount, deposit or trust services; (ii) the customer must obtain or provide
some additional credit, property or service from or to the Company or any
subsidiaries; or (iii) the customer must not obtain some other credit, property
or services from competitors, except reasonable requirements to assure soundness
of credit extended.
The
Federal Reserve Board also possesses enforcement powers over bank holding
companies and their non-bank subsidiaries to prevent or remedy actions that
represent unsafe or unsound practices or violations of applicable statutes and
regulations.
Interstate Banking and
Branching. The Riegle Neal Interstate Banking and Branching
Efficiency Act of 1994 (the “Interstate Banking Act”) regulates the interstate
activities of banks and bank holding companies and establishes a framework for
nationwide interstate banking and branching. Since June 1, 1997, a
bank has generally been permitted to merge with a bank in another state without
the need to explicit state law authorization. However, states were
given the ability to prohibit interstate mergers with banks in their own state
by “opting out” (enacting state legislation applying equality to all out of
state banks prohibiting such mergers) prior to June 1, 1997.
Since
1995, adequately capitalized and managed bank holding companies have been
permitted to acquire banks located in any state, subject to two exceptions:
first, any state may still prohibit bank holding companies from acquiring a bank
which is less than five years old; and second, no interstate acquisition can be
consummated by a bank holding companies if the acquirer would control more than
10% of the deposits held by insured depository institutions nationwide or 30%
percent or more of the deposits held by insured depository institutions in any
state in which the target bank has branches. A bank may establish and
operate de novo branches in any state in which the bank does not already
maintain a branch if that state has enacted legislation to expressly permit all
out of state banks to establish branches in that state.
In 1995,
California enacted legislation to implement important provisions of the
Interstate Banking Act discussed above and to repeal California’s previous
interstate banking laws, which were largely preempted by the Interstate Banking
Act.
The
changes effected by Interstate Banking Act and California laws have increased
competition in the environment in which the Company operates to the extent that
out of state financial institutions directly or indirectly enter the Company’s
market areas. It appears that the Interstate Banking Act has
contributed to accelerated consolidation within the banking
industry.
Capital
Adequacy. Bank holding companies must maintain minimum levels
of capital under the Federal Reserve Board’s risk-based capital adequacy
guidelines. If capital falls below minimum guideline levels, a bank
holding company, among other things, may be denied approval to acquire or
establish additional banks or non-bank businesses.
The
Federal Reserve Board’s risk-based capital adequacy guidelines, discussed in
more detail below in the section entitled “Supervision and Regulation —
Heritage Bank of Commerce — Regulatory Capital Guidelines,” assign
various risk percentages to different categories of assets, and capital is
measured as a percentage of risk-weighted assets. Under the terms of
the guidelines, bank holding companies are expected to meet capital adequacy
guidelines based both on total risk-weighted assets and on total assets, without
regard to risk weights.
The
risk-based guidelines are minimum requirements. Higher capital levels
will be required if warranted by the particular circumstances or risk profiles
of individual organizations. For example, the Federal Reserve Board’s
capital guidelines contemplate that additional capital may be required to take
adequate account of, among other things, interest rate risk, or the risks posed
by concentrations of credit, nontraditional activities or securities trading
activities. Moreover, any banking organization experiencing or
anticipating significant growth or expansion into new activities, particularly
under the expanded powers under the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act, would be expected to
maintain capital ratios, including tangible capital positions, well above the
minimum levels.
Limitations on Dividend
Payments. The California General Corporation Law prohibits the Company
from paying dividends on the common stock unless: (i) its retained earnings,
immediately prior to the dividend payment, equals or exceeds the amount of the
dividend or (ii) immediately after giving effect to the dividend the sum of the
Company’s assets (exclusive of goodwill and deferred charges) would be at least
equal to 125% of its liabilities (not including deferred taxes, deferred income
and other deferred credits) and the current assets of the Company would be at
least equal to its current liabilities, or, if the average of its earnings
before taxes on income and before interest expense for the two preceding fiscal
years was less than the average of its interest expense for the two preceding
fiscal years, at least equal to 125% of its current
liabilities. Additionally, the Federal Reserve Board’s policy
regarding dividends provides that a bank holding company should not pay cash
dividends exceeding its net income or which can only be funded in ways that
weaken the bank holding company’s financial health, such as by
borrowing.
The Gramm Leach Bliley Act of
1999. On November 12, 1999, the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act of 1999
(the “Financial Services Modernization Act”) was signed into law. The Financial
Services Modernization Act is intended to modernize the banking industry by
removing barriers to affiliation among banks, insurance companies, the
securities industry and other financial service providers. It provides financial
organizations with the flexibility to structure such affiliations through a
holding company structure or through a financial subsidiary of a bank, subject
to certain limitations. The Financial Services Modernization Act establishes a
new type of bank holding company, known as a financial holding company, that may
engage in an expanded list of activities that are “financial in nature,” which
include securities and insurance brokerage, securities underwriting, insurance
underwriting and merchant banking.
The
Company currently meets all the requirements for financial holding company
status. However, the Company does not expect to elect financial holding company
status unless and until it intends to engage in any of the expanded activities
under the Financial Services Modernization Act which require such status. Unless
and until it elects such status, the Company will only be permitted to engage in
non-banking activities that were permissible for bank holding companies as of
the date of the enactment of the Financial Services Modernization
Act.
10
The
Financial Services Modernization Act also sets forth a system of functional
regulation that makes the Federal Reserve Board the “umbrella supervisor” for
holding companies, while providing for the supervision of the holding company’s
subsidiaries by other federal and state agencies. A bank holding company may not
become a financial holding company if any of its subsidiary financial
institutions are not “well-capitalized,” “well-managed.” Further,
each bank subsidiary of the holding company must have received at least a
satisfactory Community Reinvestment Financial Services Modernization Act (CRA)
rating. The Financial Services Modernization Act also expands the types of
financial activities a national bank may conduct through a financial subsidiary,
addresses state regulation of insurance, generally prohibits unitary thrift
holding companies organized after May 4, 1999 from participating in new
financial activities, provides privacy protection for nonpublic customer
information of financial institutions, modernizes the Federal Home Loan Bank
system and makes miscellaneous regulatory improvements. The Federal Reserve
Board and the Secretary of the Treasury must coordinate their supervision
regarding approval of new financial activities to be conducted through a
financial holding company or through a financial subsidiary of a bank. While the
provisions of the Financial Services Modernization Act regarding activities that
may be conducted through a financial subsidiary directly apply only to national
banks, those provisions indirectly apply to state-chartered banks.
In
addition, HBC is subject to other provisions of the Financial Services
Modernization Act, including those relating to CRA, privacy and safe-guarding
confidential customer information, regardless of whether the Company elects to
become a financial holding company or to conduct activities through a financial
subsidiary of HBC.
The
Company and HBC do not believe that the Financial Services Modernization Act has
had thus far, or will have in the near term, a material adverse effect on their
operations. However, to the extent that it permits banks, securities firms, and
insurance companies to affiliate, the financial services industry may experience
further consolidation. The Financial Services Modernization Act is intended to
grant to community banks certain powers as a matter of right that larger
institutions have accumulated on an ad hoc basis. Nevertheless, this act may
have the result of increasing the amount of competition that the Company and HBC
face from larger institutions and other types of companies offering financial
products, many of which may have substantially more financial resources than the
Company and HBC.
The Sarbanes-Oxley Act of
2002. The Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (“SOX”), became effective
on July 30, 2002, and represents the most far reaching corporate and accounting
reform legislation since the enactment of the Securities Act of 1933 and the
Exchange Act of 1934. SOX is intended to provide a permanent
framework that improves the quality of independent audits and accounting
services, improves the quality of financial reporting, strengthens the
independence of accounting firms and increases the responsibility of management
for corporate disclosures and financial statements.
SOX’s
provisions are significant to all companies that have a class of securities
registered under Section 12 of the Exchange Act, or are otherwise reporting to
the SEC (or the appropriate federal banking agency) pursuant to Section 15(d) of
the Exchange Act, including the Company (collectively, “public
companies”). In addition to SEC rulemaking to implement SOX, The
Nasdaq Stock Market has adopted corporate governance rules intended to allow
shareholders to more easily and effectively monitor the performance of companies
and directors. The principal provisions of SOX, provide for and
include, among other things: (i) the creation of an independent accounting
oversight board; (ii) auditor independence provisions that restrict non-audit
services that accountants may provide to their audit clients; (iii) additional
corporate governance and responsibility measures, including the requirement that
the chief executive officer and chief financial officer of a public company
certify financial statements; (iv) the forfeiture of bonuses or other
incentive-based compensation and profits from the sale of a public company’s
securities by directors and senior officers in the twelve month period following
initial publication of any financial statements that later require restatement;
(v) an increase in the oversight of, and enhancement of certain requirements
relating to, audit committees of public companies and how they interact with the
Company’s independent auditors; (vi) requirements that audit committee members
must be independent and are barred from accepting consulting, advisory or other
compensatory fees from the issuer; (vii) requirements that companies disclose
whether at least one member of the audit committee is a “financial expert’ (as
such term is defined by the SEC) and if not discuss, why the audit committee
does not have a financial expert; (viii) expanded disclosure requirements for
corporate insiders, including accelerated reporting of stock transactions by
insiders and a prohibition on insider trading during pension blackout periods;
(ix) a prohibition on personal loans to directors and officers, except certain
loans made by insured financial institutions on non-preferential terms and in
compliance with other bank regulatory requirements; (x) disclosure of a code of
ethics and filing a Form 8-K for a change or waiver of such code; (xi) a range
of enhanced penalties for fraud and other violations; and (xii) expanded
disclosure and certification relating to a public company’s disclosure controls
and procedures and internal controls over financial reporting.
The
Company has not experienced any significant difficulties in complying with
SOX. However, the Company has incurred, and expects to continue to
incur, significant time and expense in connection with its compliance with
Section 404 of SOX, which requires management to undertake an annual assessment
of the adequacy and effectiveness of the Company’s internal controls over
financial reporting and requires the Company’s auditors to express an opinion on
the effectiveness of these controls.
Heritage
Bank of Commerce
General. As a
California chartered bank, HBC is subject to supervision, periodic examination,
and regulation by the DFI and by the Federal Reserve Board, as HBC’s primary
federal regulator. As a member bank, HBC is a stockholder of the
Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco. If, as a result of an
examination, the DFI or the Federal Reserve Board should determine
that the financial condition, capital resources, asset quality, earnings
prospects, management, liquidity, or other aspects of HBC’s operations are
unsatisfactory or that HBC or its management is violating or has violated any
law or regulation, the DFI and the Federal Reserve Board, and separately the
FDIC as insurer of HBC’s deposits, have residual authority to: (i) require
affirmative action to correct any conditions resulting from any violation or
practice; (ii) direct an increase in capital; (iii) restrict HBC’s growth
geographically, by products and services or by mergers and acquisitions; enter
into informal nonpublic or formal public memoranda of understanding or written
agreements; enjoin unsafe and unsound practices and issue cease and desist
orders to take corrective action; (iv) remove officers and directors and assess
civil monetary penalties; and (v) take possession and close and liquidate
HBC.
California
law permits state chartered commercial banks to engage in any activity
permissible for national banks. Therefore, HBC may form subsidiaries
to engage in the many so-called “closely related to banking” or “nonbanking”
activities commonly conducted by national banks in operating subsidiaries, and
further, pursuant to the Financial Services Modernization Act, HBC may conduct
certain “financial” activities in a subsidiary to the same extent as may a
national bank, provided HBC is and remains “well-capitalized,” “well-managed”
and in satisfactory compliance with the CRA.
11
Regulatory Capital
Guidelines. The federal banking agencies have established
minimum capital standards known as risk-based capital
guidelines. These guidelines are intended to provide a measure of
capital that reflects the degree of risk associated with a bank’s
operations. The risk-based capital guidelines include both a
definition of capital and a framework for calculating the amount of capital that
must be maintained against a bank’s assets and off-balance sheet
items. The amount of capital required to be maintained is based upon
the credit risks associated with the various types of a bank’s assets and
off-balance sheet items. A bank’s assets and off-balance sheet items
are classified under several risk categories, with each category assigned a
particular risk weighting from 0% to 100%. The following table sets
forth the regulatory capital guidelines and the actual capitalization levels for
HBC and the Company as of December 31, 2008:
|
Adequately
Capitalized
|
Well
Capitalized
|
HBC
|
Company
(consolidated)
|
|||||||||
(greater
than or equal to)
|
|||||||||||||
Total risked-based capital | 8.00% | 10.00% | 12.34% | 13.11% | |||||||||
Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio | 4.00% | 6.00% | 11.08% | 11.86% | |||||||||
Tier 1 leverage capital ratio | 4.00% | 5.00% | 10.32% | 11.05% |
As of
December 31, 2008, management believes that the Company’s capital levels met all
minimum regulatory requirements and that HBC was considered “well capitalized”
under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action.
To
enhance regulatory capital and to provide liquidity, the Company, through
unconsolidated subsidiary grantor trusts, issued $23.7 million of trust
preferred securities. These securities are currently included in our
Tier 1 capital for purposes of determining the Company’s Tier 1 and
total risk-based capital ratios. The Federal Reserve Board has promulgated a
modification of the capital regulations affecting trust preferred securities.
Under this modification, effective March 31, 2009, the Company will be required
to use a more restrictive formula to determine the amount of trust preferred
securities that can be included in regulatory Tier 1 capital. At
that time, the Company will be allowed to include in Tier 1 capital an
amount of trust preferred securities equal to no more than 25% of the sum of all
core capital elements, which is generally defined as shareholders’ equity
excluding accumulated other comprehensive income/loss, less goodwill and other
intangible assets and any related deferred income tax liability. The
regulations currently in effect through December 31, 2008, limit the amount of
trust preferred securities that can be included in Tier 1 capital to 25% of
the sum of core capital elements without a deduction for
goodwill. Management has determined that the Company’s Tier 1
capital ratios would remain above the “well-capitalized” level had the
modification of the capital regulations been in effect at December 31,
2008. Management expects that the Company’s Tier I capital ratios
will be at or above the existing well capitalized levels on March 31, 2009, the
first date on which the modified capital regulations must be
applied.
Prompt Corrective
Action. The federal banking agencies possess broad powers to
take prompt corrective action to resolve the problems of insured banks. Each
federal banking agency has issued regulations defining five capital categories:
“well capitalized,” “adequately capitalized,” “undercapitalized,” “significantly
undercapitalized,” and “critically undercapitalized.” Under the regulations, a
bank shall be deemed to be:
·
|
“well
capitalized” if it has a total risk-based capital ratio of 10.0% or more,
has a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 6.0% or more, has a leverage
capital ratio of 5.0% or more, and is not subject to specified
requirements to meet and maintain a specific capital level for any capital
measure;
|
·
|
“adequately
capitalized” if it has a total risk-based capital ratio of 8.0% or more, a
Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 4.0% or more, and a leverage capital
ratio of 4.0% or more (3.0% under certain circumstances) and does not meet
the definition of “well
capitalized”
|
·
|
“undercapitalized”
if it has a total risk-based capital ratio that is less than 8.0%, a Tier
1 risk-based capital ratio that is less than 4.0%, or a leverage capital
ratio that is less than 4.0% (3.0% under certain
circumstances);
|
·
|
“significantly
undercapitalized” if it has a total risk-based capital ratio that is less
than 6.0%, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio that is less than 3.0% or a
leverage capital ratio that is less than 3.0%;
and
|
·
|
“critically
undercapitalized” if it has a ratio of tangible equity to total assets
that is equal to or less than 2.0%.
|
Banks are
prohibited from paying dividends or management fees to controlling persons or
entities if, after making the payment the bank would be “undercapitalized,” that
is, the bank fails to meet the required minimum level for any relevant capital
measure. Asset growth and branching restrictions apply to
“undercapitalized” banks. Banks classified as “undercapitalized” are
required to submit acceptable capital plans guaranteed by its holding company,
if any. Broad regulatory authority was granted with respect to
“significantly undercapitalized” banks, including forced mergers, growth
restrictions, ordering new elections for directors, forcing divestiture by its
holding company, if any, requiring management changes, and prohibiting the
payment of bonuses to senior management. Even more severe
restrictions are applicable to “critically undercapitalized” banks, those with
capital at or less than 2%. Restrictions for these banks include the
appointment of a receiver or conservator. All of the federal banking
agencies have promulgated substantially similar regulations to implement this
system of prompt corrective action.
A bank,
based upon its capital levels, that is classified as “well capitalized,”
“adequately capitalized” or “undercapitalized” may be treated as though it were
in the next lower capital category if the appropriate federal banking agency,
after notice and opportunity for a hearing, determines that an unsafe or unsound
condition, or an unsafe or unsound practice, warrants such
treatment. At each successive lower capital category, an insured bank
is subject to more restrictions. The federal banking agencies,
however, may not treat an institution as “critically undercapitalized” unless
its capital ratios actually warrant such treatment.
12
In
addition to measures taken under the prompt corrective action provisions,
insured banks may be subject to potential enforcement actions by the federal
banking agencies for unsafe or unsound practices in conducting their businesses
or for violations of any law, rule, regulation or any condition imposed in
writing by the agency or any written agreement with the
agency. Enforcement actions may include the imposition of a
conservator or receiver, the issuance of a cease-and-desist order that can be
judicially enforced, the termination of insurance of deposits (in the case of a
depository institution), the imposition of civil money penalties, the issuance
of directives to increase capital, the issuance of formal and informal
agreements, and the issuance of removal and prohibition orders against
“institution affiliated” parties. The enforcement of such actions
through injunctions or restraining orders may be based upon a judicial
determination that the agency would be harmed if such equitable relief was not
granted.
Safety and Soundness
Standards. The federal banking agencies have also adopted
guidelines establishing safety and soundness standards for all insured
depository institutions. Those guidelines relate to internal
controls, information systems, internal audit systems, loan underwriting and
documentation, compensation and interest rate exposure. In general,
the standards are designated to assist the federal banking agencies in
identifying and addressing problems at insured depository institutions before
capital becomes impaired. If an institution fails to meet these
standards, the appropriate federal banking agency may require the institution to
submit a compliance plan and institute enforcement proceedings if an acceptable
compliance plan is not submitted.
FDIC Insurance and Insurance
Assessments. The FDIC is an independent federal agency that insures
deposits, up to prescribed statutory limits, of federally insured banks and
savings institutions and safeguards the safety and soundness of the banking and
savings industries. The FDIC insures HBC’s customer deposits through the Deposit
Insurance Fund ("DIF") up to prescribed limits for each depositor. Pursuant to
the EESA, the maximum deposit insurance amount has been increased from $100,000
to $250,000. The amount of FDIC assessments paid by each DIF member institution
is based on its relative risk of default as measured by regulatory capital
ratios and other supervisory factors. Pursuant to the Federal Deposit Insurance
Reform Act of 2005, the FDIC is authorized to set the reserve ratio for the DIF
annually at between 1.15% and 1.50% of estimated insured deposits. The FDIC may
increase or decrease the assessment rate schedule on a semi-annual basis. In an
effort to restore capitalization levels and to ensure the DIF will adequately
cover projected losses from future bank failures, the FDIC, in October 2008,
proposed a rule to alter the way in which it differentiates for risk in the
risk-based assessment system and to revise deposit insurance assessment rates,
including base assessment rates. First quarter 2009 assessment rates were
increased to between 12 and 50 cents for every $100 of domestic deposits, with
most banks paying between 12 and 14 cents.
On
February 27, 2009, the FDIC approved an interim rule to institute a one-time
special assessment of 20 cents per $100 in domestic deposits on June 30, 2009,
to be collected by September 30, 2009, to restore the DIF reserves depleted by
recent bank failures. The interim rule additionally permits the FDIC to charge a
special premium up to 10 basis points after June 30, 2009 at a later time if the
DIF reserves continue to fall. The FDIC also approved an increase in regular
annual premium rates beginning on April 1, 2009. For most banks, this will be
between 12 to 16 basis points per $100 in domestic deposits.
If the
DIF's reserves exceed the designated reserve ratio, the FDIC is required to pay
out all or, if the reserve ratio is less than 1.5%, a portion of the excess as a
dividend to insured depository institutions based on the percentage of insured
deposits held on December 31, 1996 adjusted for subsequently paid premiums.
Insured depository institutions that were in existence on December 31, 1996 and
paid assessments prior to that date (or their successors) were entitled to a
one-time credit against future assessments based on their past contributions to
the predecessor to the DIF.
Additionally,
by participating in the FDIC’s Temporary Liquidity Guarantee Program, banks
temporarily become subject to an additional assessment on deposits in excess of
$250,000 in certain transaction accounts and additionally for assessments from
50 basis points to 100 basis points per annum depending on the initial maturity
of the debt. Further, all FDIC-insured institutions are required to pay
assessments to the FDIC to fund interest payments on bonds issued by the
Financing Corporation ("FICO"), an agency of the Federal government established
to recapitalize the predecessor to the DIF. The FICO assessment rates, which are
determined quarterly, averaged 0.0113% of insured deposits in fiscal 2008. These
assessments will continue until the FICO bonds mature in 2017.
The FDIC
may terminate a depository institution's deposit insurance upon a finding that
the institution's financial condition is unsafe or unsound or that the
institution has engaged in unsafe or unsound practices that pose a risk to the
DIF or that may prejudice the interest of depositors.
Community Reinvestment Act
(“CRA”). The CRA is intended to encourage insured depository
institutions, while operating safely and soundly, to help meet the credit needs
of their communities. The CRA specifically directs the federal bank
regulatory agencies, in examining insured depository institutions, to assess
their record of helping to meet the credit needs of their entire community,
including low-and moderate-income neighborhoods, consistent with safe and sound
banking practices. The CRA further requires the agencies to take a
financial institution’s record of meeting its community credit needs into
account when evaluating applications for, among other things, domestic branches,
consummating mergers or acquisitions, or holding company
formations.
The
federal banking agencies have adopted regulations which measure a bank’s
compliance with its CRA obligations on a performance-based evaluation
system. This system bases CRA ratings on an institution’s actual
lending service and investment performance rather than the extent to which the
institution conducts needs assessments, documents community outreach or complies
with other procedural requirements. The ratings range from “outstanding” to a
low of “substantial noncompliance.” HBC had a CRA rating of
“satisfactory” as of its most recent regulatory examination.
Other Consumer Protection Laws and
Regulations. The bank regulatory agencies are increasingly
focusing attention on compliance with consumer protection laws and
regulations. Banks have been advised to carefully monitor compliance
with various consumer protection laws and regulations. The federal
Interagency Task Force on Fair Lending issued a policy statement on
discrimination in home mortgage lending describing three methods that federal
agencies will use to prove discrimination: overt evidence of discrimination,
evidence of disparate treatment, and evidence of disparate impact. In
addition to CRA and fair lending requirements, HBC is subject to numerous other
federal consumer protection statutes and regulations. Due to
heightened regulatory concern related to compliance with consumer protection
laws and regulations generally, HBC may incur additional compliance costs or be
required to expend additional funds for investments in the local communities it
serves.
Environmental
Regulation. Federal, state and local laws and regulations
regarding the discharge of harmful materials into the environment may have an
impact on HBC. Since HBC is not involved in any business that
manufactures, uses or transports chemicals, waste, pollutants or toxins that
might have a material adverse effect on the environment, HBC’s primary exposure
to environmental laws is through its lending activities and through properties
or businesses HBC may own, lease or acquire. Based on a general
survey of HBC’s loan portfolio, conversations with local appraisers and the type
of lending currently and historically done by HBC, management is not aware of
any potential liability for hazardous waste contamination that would be
reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on the Company as of
December 31, 2008.
13
Safeguarding of Customer Information
and Privacy. The Federal Reserve Board and other bank
regulatory agencies have adopted guidelines for safeguarding confidential,
personal customer information. These guidelines require financial
institutions to create, implement and maintain a comprehensive written
information security program designed to ensure the security and confidentiality
of customer information, protect against any anticipated threats or hazards to
the security or integrity of such information and protect against unauthorized
access to or use of such information that could result in substantial harm or
inconvenience to any customer. HBC has adopted a customer information
security program to comply with such requirements.
Financial
institutions are also required to implement policies and procedures regarding
the disclosure of nonpublic personal information about consumers to
non-affiliated third parties. In general, financial institutions must
provide explanations to consumers on policies and procedures regarding the
disclosure of such nonpublic personal information, and, except as otherwise
required by law, prohibits disclosing such information except as provided in
HBC’s policies and procedures. HBC has implemented privacy policies
addressing these restrictions which are distributed regularly to all existing
and new customers of HBC.
USA Patriot Act of
2001. On October 26, 2001, President Bush signed the USA
Patriot Act of 2001 (the “Patriot Act”). Enacted in response to the terrorist
attacks in New York, Pennsylvania and Washington, D.C. on September 11, 2001,
the Patriot Act is intended to strengthen the ability of U.S. law enforcement
agencies and intelligence communities to work cohesively to combat terrorism on
a variety of fronts. The impact of the Patriot Act on financial institutions of
all kinds has been significant and wide ranging. The Patriot Act substantially
enhanced existing anti-money laundering and financial transparency laws, and
required appropriate regulatory authorities to adopt rules to promote
cooperation among financial institutions, regulators, and law enforcement
entities in identifying parties that may be involved in terrorism or money
laundering. Under the Patriot Act, financial institutions are subject to
prohibitions regarding specified financial transactions and account
relationships, as well as enhanced due diligence and “know your customer”
standards in their dealings with foreign financial institutions and foreign
customers. For example, the enhanced due diligence policies, procedures, and
controls generally require financial institutions to take reasonable
steps:
·
|
to
conduct enhanced scrutiny of account relationships to guard against money
laundering and report any suspicious
transactions;
|
·
|
to
ascertain the identity of the nominal and beneficial owners of, and the
source of funds deposited into, each account as needed to guard against
money laundering and report any suspicious
transactions;
|
·
|
to
ascertain for any foreign bank, the shares of which are not publicly
traded, the identity of the owners of the foreign bank, and the nature and
extent of the ownership interest of each such owner;
and
|
·
|
to
ascertain whether any foreign bank provides correspondent accounts to
other foreign banks and, if so, the identity of those foreign banks and
related due diligence information.
|
The
Patriot Act also requires all financial institutions to establish anti-money
laundering programs, which must include, at a minimum:
·
|
the
development of internal policies, procedures, and
controls;
|
·
|
the
designation of a compliance
officer;
|
·
|
an
ongoing employee training program;
and
|
·
|
an
independent audit function to test the
programs.
|
Material
deficiencies in anti-money laundering compliance can result in public
enforcement actions by the banking agencies, including the imposition of civil
money penalties and supervisory restrictions on growth and
expansion. Such enforcement actions could also have serious
reputation consequences for the Company and HBC.
HBC has
incorporated the requirements of the Patriot Act into its operating procedures,
and while these requirements have resulted in an additional time burden the
financial impact on HBC is difficult to quantify.
Other Aspects of Banking Law.
HBC is also subject to federal statutory and regulatory provisions covering,
among other things, security procedures, insider and affiliated party
transactions, management interlocks, electronic funds transfers, funds
availability, and truth-in-savings.
Other
Pending and Proposed Legislation
Other
legislative and regulatory initiatives which could affect the Company, HBC and
the banking industry in general are pending, and additional initiatives may be
proposed or introduced before the United States Congress, the California
legislature and other governmental bodies in the future. Such
proposals, if enacted, may further alter the structure, regulation and
competitive relationship among financial institutions, and may subject the
Company or HBC to increase regulation, disclosure and reporting
requirements. In addition, the various banking regulatory agencies
often adopt new rules and regulations to implement and enforce existing
legislation. It cannot be predicted whether, or in what form, any
such legislation or regulations may be enacted or the extent to which the
business of the Company or HBC would be affected thereby.
EMPLOYEES
At
December 31, 2008, the Company had 225 full-time equivalent employees. The
Company’s employees are not represented by any union or collective bargaining
agreement and the Company believes its employee relations are
satisfactory.
ITEM
1A – RISK FACTORS
Risk
Factors That May Affect Future Results
In
addition to the other information contained in this Annual Report on Form 10-K,
the following significant risks may affect the Company. Events or
circumstances arising from one or more of these risks may adversely affect the
Company’s business, financial condition, operating results, and common
stock value. The risks identified below are not intended to be a
comprehensive list of all risks that may impact the Company.
14
Developments in
domestic and foreign financial markets and changes in economic conditions could
have a material impact on our business. Throughout 2008, the
domestic and foreign financial markets, securities trading markets and economies
generally have experienced significant turmoil including, without limitation,
government takeovers of troubled institutions, government brokered mergers of
such firms to avoid bankruptcy or failures, bankruptcies of securities trading
firms and insurance companies, failures of financial institutions, and declines
in real property values and increases in energy prices all of which have
contributed to reduced availability of credit for businesses and consumers,
elevated foreclosures on residential and commercial properties, falling home
prices, reduced liquidity and a lack of stability across the entire financial
sector. These recent events and the corresponding uncertainty and
decline in financial markets are likely to continue possibly throughout 2009 and
the full extent of the repercussions to our nation’s economy in general and our
business in particular are not fully known at this time. Such
developments have had and may continue to have an adverse impact on our results
of operations and conditions. These events have impacted the economy
in many ways including:
·
|
rising
unemployment and slowdown in job
growth;
|
·
|
tightening
of credit markets;
|
·
|
lowering
of consumer confidence and
spending;
|
·
|
increase
in problem loans and foreclosures;
|
·
|
slowdown
in construction, both residential and commercial, including construction
lending; and
|
·
|
and
slowdown in general business
expansion.
|
Financial
institutions have been directly impacted by:
·
|
slowdown
in overall economic growth;
|
·
|
deterioration
of commercial as well as consumer loan
performances;
|
·
|
tightening
of credit standards for business and
consumers;
|
·
|
tightening
of available credit for bank holding companies and banks and other
financial institutions for financing
growth;
|
·
|
significant
increased competition for deposits and quality
loans;
|
·
|
inability
to raise capital or borrow in the debt
markets;
|
·
|
write-offs
of mortgage backed securities; and
|
·
|
declining
bank and bank holding company stock
prices.
|
As a
result of the challenges presented by economic conditions, the Company may face
the following risks in connections with these events:
·
|
the
inability of borrowers to make timely repayment of loans, or decreases in
value of real estate collateral securing the payment of such loans
resulting in significant credit
losses;
|
·
|
inability
to borrow or raise capital on favorable terms or at all if further
disruptions in the credit markets
occur;
|
·
|
increased
regulation of the financial services industry, including expanding legal
standards and regulatory requirements or expectations imposed in
connection with EESA and ARRA.
|
Recent
legislative and regulatory initiatives to address difficult market and economic
conditions may not stabilize the U.S. banking system. If current levels of
market disruption and volatility continue or worsen, there can be no assurance
that we will not experience an adverse effect, which may be material, on our
ability to access capital and on our business, financial condition, results of
operations, and cash flows. The EESA, which
established TARP, was signed into law on October 3, 2008. As part of TARP, the
U.S. Treasury established the TARP Capital Purchase Program to provide up to
$700 billion of funding to eligible financial institutions through the purchase
of capital stock and other financial instruments for the purpose of stabilizing
and providing liquidity to the U.S. financial markets. Then, on February 17,
2009, the ARRA was signed into law as a sweeping economic recovery package
intended to stimulate the economy. There can be no assurance as to the actual
impact that EESA or its programs, including the TARP Capital Purchase Program,
and ARRA or its programs, will have on the national economy or financial
markets. The failure of these significant legislative measures to help stabilize
the financial markets and a continuation or worsening of current financial
market conditions could materially and adversely affect the Company's business,
financial condition, results of operations, access to credit or the trading
price of its common shares.
There
have been numerous actions undertaken in connection with or following the EESA
and ARRA by the Federal Reserve Board, Congress, U.S. Treasury, the SEC and the
federal bank regulatory agencies in efforts to address the current liquidity and
credit crisis in the financial industry that followed the sub-prime mortgage
market meltdown which began in late 2007. These measures include homeowner
relief that encourages loan restructuring and modification; the temporary
increase in FDIC deposit insurance from $100,000 to $250,000, the establishment
of significant liquidity and credit facilities for financial institutions and
investment banks; the lowering of the federal funds rate; emergency action
against short selling practices; a temporary guaranty program for money market
funds; the establishment of a commercial paper funding facility to provide
back-stop liquidity to commercial paper issuers; and coordinated international
efforts to address illiquidity and other weaknesses in the banking sector. The
purpose of these legislative and regulatory actions is to help stabilize the
U.S. banking system. The EESA, ARRA and the other regulatory initiatives
described above may not have their desired effects. If the volatility in the
markets continues and economic conditions fail to improve or worsen, the
Company's business, financial condition and results of operations could be
materially and adversely affected.
15
Liquidity risk
could impair our ability to fund operations and jeopardize our financial
condition. Liquidity is essential to our
business. An inability to raise funds through deposits, borrowings,
the sale of loans and other sources could have a substantial negative effect on
our liquidity. Our access to funding sources in amounts adequate to
finance our activities could be impaired by factors that affect us specifically
or the financial services industry in general. Our ability to borrow
could also be impaired by factors that are not specific to us, such as a severe
disruption of the financial markets or negative views and expectations about the
prospects for the financial services industry as a whole as the recent turmoil
faced by banking organizations in the domestic and worldwide credit markets
continues or deteriorates.
Fluctuations in
interest rates may reduce profitability. Changes in interest
rates affect interest income, the primary component of the Company’s gross
revenue, as well as interest expense. The Company’s earnings depend
largely on the relationship between the cost of funds, primarily deposits and
borrowings, and the yield on earning assets, primarily loans and investment
securities. This relationship, known as the interest rate spread, is
subject to fluctuation and is affected by the monetary policies of the Federal
Reserve Board, the shape of the yield curve, and the international interest rate
environment, as well as by economic, regulatory and competitive factors which
influence interest rates, the volume and mix of interest-earning assets and
interest-bearing liabilities, and the level of nonperforming
assets. Many of these factors are beyond the Company’s
control. Fluctuations in interest rates may affect the demand of
customers for products and services.
Responding
to challenging economic conditions and recession concerns, the Federal Reserve
Board, through its Federal Open Market Committee (FOMC), cut the target Federal
funds rate beginning in September 2007. As of December 31, 2008, the
Federal Reserve Board has lowered the Federal funds rate by a total of 500 basis
points since September 18, 2007. The actions of the Federal
Reserve Board, while designed to help the economy overall, may negatively impact
the short term earnings of the Company. Potentially lower earnings,
combined with continued uncertainty in the credit markets, may also impact the
Company’s ability to raise capital and maintain required capital and liquidity
ratios.
Given the
current volume, mix, and re-pricing characteristics of our interest-bearing
liabilities and interest-earning assets, our interest rate spread is expected to
increase in a rising rate environment, and decrease in a declining interest rate
scenario. However, there are scenarios where fluctuations in interest rates in
either direction could have a negative effect on our net income. For example, if
funding rates rise faster than asset yields in a rising rate environment (i.e.,
if basis compression occurs), or if we do not actively manage certain loan index
rates in a declining rate environment, we would be negatively
impacted.
If we cannot
attract deposits, our growth may be inhibited. Our ability to
increase our asset base depends in large part on our ability to attract
additional deposits at favorable rates. We seek additional deposits by offering
deposit products that are competitive with those offered by other financial
institutions in our markets.
We must
effectively manage our credit risk. There are risks inherent
in making any loan, including risks inherent in dealing with individual
borrowers, risks of nonpayment, risks resulting from uncertainties as to the
future value of collateral and risks resulting from changes in economic and
industry conditions. We attempt to minimize our credit risk through prudent loan
application approval procedures, careful monitoring of the concentration of our
loans within specific industries and periodic independent reviews of outstanding
loans by external parties. However, we cannot assure such approval and
monitoring procedures will eliminate these credit risks.
Our allowance for
loan losses must be managed to provide a sufficient amount to absorb probable
incurred losses in our loan portfolio. We maintain our
allowance for loan losses at a level considered adequate by management to absorb
probable incurred loan losses. The amount of future loan losses is susceptible
to changes in economic, operating and other conditions within our market, which
may be beyond our control, and such losses may exceed current estimates. At
December 31, 2008, our allowance for loan losses as a percentage of total loans
was 2%. Although management believes that the allowance for loan losses is
adequate to absorb probable incurred losses existing loans, we cannot predict
loan losses with certainty, and we cannot assure that our allowance for loan
losses will prove sufficient to cover actual loan losses in the future. Loan
losses in excess of our allowance may adversely affect our business, financial
condition and results of operations. For additional information regarding our
allowance for loan losses and the methodology we use to determine an appropriate
level of the allowance. See Item 7 – Management’s Discussion
and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations.
Our profitability
is dependent upon the economic conditions of the markets in which we
operate. We operate primarily in Santa Clara County, Contra
Costa County and Alameda County and, as a result, our financial condition,
results of operations and cash flows are subject to changes in the economic
conditions in those areas. Our success depends upon the business activity,
population, income levels, deposits and real estate activity in these markets.
Although our customers’ business and financial interests may extend well beyond
these market areas, adverse economic conditions that affect these market areas
could reduce our growth rate, affect the ability of our customers to repay their
loans to us and generally affect our financial condition and results of
operations. While no specific industry concentration is considered significant,
our lending operations are located in market areas dependent on technology and
real estate industries and their supporting companies. Thus, the
Company’s borrowers could be adversely impacted by a downturn in these sectors
of the economy which could reduce the demand for loans and adversely impact the
borrower’s ability to repay their loans. Because of our geographic
concentration, we are less able than other regional or national financial
institutions to diversify our credit risks across multiple markets.
Our loan
portfolio has a large concentration of real estate loans in California, which
involve risks specific to real estate value. Real estate
lending (including commercial and construction) is a large portion of our loan
portfolio; however, it is within recently established regulatory guidelines
based on a percentage of Tier 2 Capital. As of December 31, 2008,
approximately $718 million, or 58% of our loan portfolio was secured by various
forms of real estate, including residential and commercial real
estate. The market value of real estate can fluctuate significantly
in a short period of time as a result of market conditions in the geographic
area in which the real estate is located. The real estate securing our loan
portfolio is concentrated in California. Real estate values have
declined significantly in California and the United States in
general. Although a significant portion of such loans is secured by
real estate as a secondary form of collateral, adverse developments affecting
real estate values in one or more of our markets could increase the credit risk
associated with our loan portfolio. Additionally, commercial real estate lending
typically involves larger loan principal amounts and the repayment of the loans
generally is dependent, in large part, on sufficient income from the properties
securing the loans to cover operating expenses and debt service. Economic events
or governmental regulations outside of the control of the borrower or lender
could negatively impact the future cash flow and market values of the affected
properties. If the loans that are collateralized by real estate
become troubled during a time when market conditions are declining or have
declined, we may not be able to realize the amount of security that we
anticipated at the time of originating the loan, which could cause us to
increase our provision for loan losses and adversely affect our operating
results and financial condition.
16
Our construction
and development loans are based upon estimates of costs and value associated
with the complete project. These estimates
may be inaccurate and we may be exposed to more losses on these projects than on
other loans. At December 31, 2008, land and construction
loans, including land acquisition and development, totaled $257 million, or 21%
of our total loan portfolio. This was comprised of 7% owner-occupied
and 93% speculative construction and land loans. Construction, land acquisition
and development lending involve additional risks because funds are advanced upon
the security of the project, which is of uncertain value prior to its
completion. Because of the uncertainties inherent in estimating construction
costs, as well as the market value of the completed project and the effects of
governmental regulation on real property, it is relatively difficult to evaluate
accurately the total funds required to complete a project and the related
loan-to-value ratio. As a result, speculative construction loans often involve
the disbursement of substantial funds with repayment dependent, in part, on the
completion of the project and the ability of the borrower to sell the property,
rather than the ability of the borrower or guarantor to repay principal and
interest. If our appraisal of the value of the completed project proves to be
overstated, we may have inadequate security for the repayment of the loan upon
completion of construction of the project. If we are forced to foreclose on a
project prior to or at completion due to a default, there can be no assurance
that we will be able to recover all of the unpaid balance of, and accrued
interest on, the loan as well as related foreclosure and holding costs. In
addition, we may be required to fund additional amounts to complete the project
and may have to hold the property for an unspecified period of
time.
Our growth must
be effectively managed and our growth strategy involves risks that may impact
our net income. As part of our general growth strategy, we may
expand into additional communities or attempt to strengthen our position in our
current markets to take advantage of expanding market share by opening new
offices. To the extent that we undertake additional office openings, we are
likely to experience the effects of higher operating expenses relative to
operating income from the new operations for a period of time, which may have an
adverse effect on our levels of reported net income, return on average equity
and return on average assets. Our current growth strategies involve
internal growth from our current offices and the addition of new branch offices
over time, so that the additional overhead expenses associated with these
openings is absorbed prior to opening other new offices.
We must compete
with other banks and financial institutions in all lines of
business. The banking and financial services business in our
market is highly competitive. Our competitors include large regional banks,
local community banks, savings institutions, securities and brokerage companies,
mortgage companies, finance companies, money market mutual funds, credit unions
and other non-bank financial service providers. Many of these competitors are
not subject to the same regulatory restrictions we are and are able to provide
customers with an alternative to traditional banking services. Many of our
competitors have greater resources to afford them a marketplace advantage by
enabling them to maintain numerous locations and maintain extensive promotional
and advertising campaigns. Areas of competition include interest
rates for loans and deposits, efforts to obtain loan and deposit customers and a
range in quality of products and services provided. In addition,
there is an increased importance on remaining current on technological changes
because such technological advances may diminish the importance of depository
institutions and financial intermediaries in the transfer of funds between
parties. Increased competition in our market and market changes, such
as interest rate changes, force management to better control costs in order to
absorb any resultant narrowing of our net interest spread, i.e., the spread
between the interest rates earned on investments and loans and the interest
rates paid on deposits and other interest-bearing liabilities. Increased
competition can result in downward pressure on the Company’s interest margins
and reduce profitability and make it more difficult to increase the size of the
loan portfolio and deposit base.
Government
regulation can result in limitations on our operations. We
operate in a highly regulated environment and are subject to supervision and
regulation by a number of governmental regulatory agencies, including the Board
of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, the California Department of
Financial Institutions and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation.
Regulations adopted by these agencies, which are generally intended to provide
protection for depositors and customers rather than for the benefit of
shareholders, govern a comprehensive range of matters relating to ownership and
control of our shares, our acquisition of other companies and businesses,
permissible activities for us to engage in, maintenance of adequate capital
levels and other aspects of our operations. These bank regulators possess broad
authority to prevent or remedy unsafe or unsound practices or violations of law.
The laws and regulations applicable to the banking industry could change at any
time and we cannot predict the effects of these changes on our business and
profitability. Increased regulation could increase our cost of compliance and
adversely affect profitability. Moreover, certain of these
regulations contain significant punitive sanctions for violations, including
monetary penalties and limitations on a bank’s ability to implement components
of its business plan, such as expansion through mergers and
acquisitions. In addition, changes in regulatory requirements may act
to add costs associated with compliance efforts. Furthermore,
government policy and regulation, particularly as implemented through the
Federal Reserve System, significantly affect credit conditions. As a
result of the negative developments in the latter half of 2007 and throughout
2008 in the financial markets, there is a potential for new federal or state
laws and regulation regarding lending and funding practices and liquidity
standards, and bank regulatory agencies have been and are expected to be
aggressive in responding to concerns and trends identified in examinations,
including the expected issuance of many formal enforcement
orders. The Company is now also subject to supervision, regulation
and investigation by the U.S. Treasury and the Office of the Special Inspector
General for the TARP under the EESA by virtue of its participation in the TARP
Capital Purchase Program. Negative developments in the financial industry
and the impact of new legislation and regulation in response to those
developments could negatively impact our operations by restricting our business
operations and adversely impact our financial performance.
Bank regulations
could discourage changes in the Company’s ownership. Bank
regulations could delay or discourage a potential acquirer who might have been
willing to pay a premium price to acquire a large block of common
stock. That possibility might decrease the value of the Company’s
common stock and the price that a stockholder will receive if shares are sold in
the future. Before anyone can buy enough voting stock to exercise
control over a bank holding company like the Company, bank regulators must
approve the acquisition. A stockholder must apply for regulatory
approval to own 10 percent or more of the Company’s common stock, unless the
stockholder can show that they will not actually exert control over the
Company. No single stockholder can own more than 25 percent of the
Company’s common stock without applying for regulatory approval.
Curtailment of
government guaranteed loan programs could affect a segment of the Company's
business. A major segment of the Company's business consists
of originating loans guaranteed by the SBA and U.S. Department of
Agriculture. From time to time, the government agencies that
guarantee these loans reach their internal limits and cease to guarantee
loans. In addition, these agencies may change their rules for loans
or Congress may adopt legislation that would have the effect of discontinuing or
changing the loan programs. Therefore, if these changes occur, the
volume of loans to small business, industrial and agricultural borrowers of the
types that now qualify for government guaranteed loans could
decline. Also, the profitability of these loans could
decline.
Technology is
continually changing and we must effectively implement new
technologies. The financial services industry is undergoing
rapid technological changes with frequent introductions of new technology-driven
products and services. In addition to better serving customers, the effective
use of technology increases efficiency and enables us to reduce costs. Our
future success will depend in part upon our ability to address the needs of our
customers by using technology to provide products and services that will satisfy
customer demands for convenience as well as to create additional efficiencies in
our operations as we continue to grow and expand our market areas. In order to
anticipate and develop new technology, we employ a qualified staff of internal
information system specialists and consider this area a core part of our
business. We do not develop our own software products, but have been able to
respond to technological changes in a timely manner through association with
leading technology vendors. We must continue to make substantial investments in
technology which may affect our net income.
17
System failure or
breaches of our network security could subject us to increased operating costs
as well as litigation and other liabilities. The
computer systems and network infrastructure we use could be vulnerable to
unforeseen problems. Our operations are dependent upon our ability to protect
our computer equipment against damage from physical theft, fire, power loss,
telecommunications failure or a similar catastrophic event, as well as from
security breaches, denial of service attacks, viruses, worms and other
disruptive problems caused by hackers. Any damage or failure that causes an
interruption in our operations could have a material adverse effect on our
financial condition and results of operations. Computer break-ins and other
disruptions could also jeopardize the security of information stored in and
transmitted through our computer systems and network infrastructure, which may
result in significant liability to us and may cause existing and potential
customers to refrain from doing business with us. We employ external auditors to
conduct auditing and testing for weaknesses in our systems, controls, firewalls
and encryption to reduce the likelihood of any security failures or breaches.
Although we, with the help of third-party service providers and auditors, intend
to continue to implement security technology and establish operational
procedures to prevent such damage, there can be no assurance that these security
measures will be successful. In addition, advances in computer capabilities, new
discoveries in the field of cryptography or other developments could result in a
compromise or breach of the algorithms we and our third-party service providers
use to encrypt and protect customer transaction data. A failure of such security
measures could have a material adverse affect on our financial condition and
results of operations.
Environmental
laws could force the Company to pay for environmental
problems. When a borrower defaults on a loan secured by real
property, the Company generally purchases the property in foreclosure or accepts
a deed to the property surrendered by the borrower. The Company may
also take over the management of commercial properties when owners have
defaulted on loans. While HBC has guidelines intended to exclude
properties with an unreasonable risk of contamination, hazardous substances may
exist on some of the properties that it owns, manages or occupies and unknown
hazardous risks could impact the value of real estate collateral. The
Company faces the risk that environmental laws could force it to clean up the
properties at the Company's expense. It may cost much more to clean a
property than the property is worth. The Company could also be liable
for pollution generated by a borrower's operations if the Company took a role in
managing those operations after default. Resale of contaminated
properties may also be difficult.
Managing
operational risk is important to attracting and maintaining customers, investors
and employers. Operational risk represents the risk of loss
resulting from the Company’s operations, including but not limited to, the risk
of fraud by employees or persons outside the Company, the execution of
unauthorized transactions by employees, transaction processing errors and
breaches of the internal control system and compliance
requirements. This risk of loss also includes the potential legal
actions that could arise as a result of an operational deficiency or as a result
of noncompliance with applicable regulatory standards, adverse business
decisions or their implementation and customer attrition due to potential
negative publicity. Operational risk is inherent in all business
activities and the management of this risk is important to the achievement of
the Company’s objectives. In the event of a breakdown in the internal
control system, improper operation of systems or improper employee actions, the
Company could suffer financial loss, face regulatory action and suffer damage to
its reputation. The Company manages operational risk through a risk
management framework and its internal control processes. Negative
publicity regarding our business, employees, or customers, with or without
merit, may result in the loss of customers, investors and employees, costly
litigation, a decline in revenues and increased governmental
regulation.
Acquisition
risks. We have in the past and may in the future seek to grow
our business by acquiring other businesses. We cannot predict the
frequency, size or timing of our acquisitions, and we typically do not comment
publicly on a possible acquisition until we have signed a definitive
agreement. There can be no assurance that our acquisitions will have
the anticipated positive results, including results related to: the total cost
of integration; the time required to complete the integration; the amount of
longer-term cost savings; continued growth; or the overall performance of the
acquired company or combined entity. Integration of an acquired
business can be complex and costly. If we are not able to integrate
successfully past or future acquisitions, there is a risk that results of
operations could be adversely affected.
Impairment of
goodwill or amortizable intangible assets would result in a charge to
earnings. Goodwill is evaluated for impairment at least
annually, and amortizable intangible assets are evaluated for impairment
annually or when events or circumstances indicate that the carrying value of
those assets may not be recoverable. We may be required to record a
charge to the earnings during the period in which any impairment of goodwill or
intangibles is determined.
Because of our participation in the
Troubled Asset Relief Program, we are subject to restrictions on compensation
paid to our executives. Pursuant to the terms of
the Purchase Agreement, we adopted certain standards for executive compensation
and corporate governance for the period during which the U.S. Treasury holds the
equity issued pursuant to the Purchase Agreement, including the common stock
which may be issued pursuant to the TARP Warrant. These standards
generally apply to our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and the
three next most highly compensated senior executive officers. The
standards include (1) ensuring that incentive compensation for senior executives
does not encourage unnecessary and excessive risks that threaten the value of
the financial institution; (2) required clawback of any bonus or incentive
compensation paid to a senior executive based on statements of earnings, gains
or other criteria that are later proven to be materially inaccurate;
(3) prohibition on making golden parachute payments to senior executives; and
(4) agreement not to deduct for tax purposes executive compensation in excess of
$500,000 for each senior executive.
The
adoption of the ARRA on February 17, 2009 imposed certain new executive
compensation and corporate expenditure limits on all current and future TARP
recipients, including the Company, until the institution has repaid the U.S.
Treasury, which is now permitted under the ARRA without penalty and without the
need to raise new capital, subject to the U.S. Treasury's consultation with the
recipient's appropriate regulatory agency. The executive compensation standards
are more stringent than those currently in effect under the TARP Capital
Purchase Program or those previously proposed by the U.S.
Treasury. The new standards include (but are not limited to) (i)
prohibitions on bonuses, retention awards and other incentive compensation,
other than restricted stock grants which do not fully vest during the TARP
period up to one-third of an employee's total annual compensation, (ii)
prohibitions on golden parachute payments for departure from a company, (iii) an
expanded clawback of bonuses, retention awards, and incentive compensation if
payment is based on materially inaccurate statements of earnings, revenues,
gains or other criteria, (iv) prohibitions on compensation plans that encourage
manipulation of reported earnings, (v) retroactive review of bonuses, retention
awards and other compensation previously provided by TARP recipients if found by
the Treasury to be inconsistent with the purposes of TARP or otherwise contrary
to public interest, (vi) required establishment of a company-wide policy
regarding "excessive or luxury expenditures," and (vii) inclusion in a
participant's proxy statements for annual shareholder meetings of a nonbinding
"Say on Pay" shareholder vote on the compensation of executives.
18
Our outstanding
Series A Preferred Stock impacts net income available to our common stockholders
and earnings per common share, and the TARP Warrant as well as other potential
issuances of equity securities may be dilutive to holders of our common
stock. The dividends declared on our outstanding
Series A Preferred Stock will reduce the net income available to common
stockholders and our earnings per common share. Our outstanding Series A
Preferred Stock will also receive preferential treatment in the event of
liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company. Additionally, the
ownership interest of the existing holders of our common stock will be diluted
to the extent the TARP Warrant is exercised. The shares of common stock
underlying the TARP Warrant represent approximately 4% of the shares of our
common stock outstanding as of December 31, 2008 (including the shares issuable
upon exercise of the TARP Warrant in total shares outstanding). Although the
U.S. Treasury has agreed not to vote any of the shares of common stock it
receives upon exercise of the TARP Warrant, a transferee of any portion of the
TARP Warrant or of any shares of common stock acquired upon exercise of the TARP
Warrant is not bound by this restriction.
The market price
of our common stock may be volatile. The market price of
our common stock will continue to fluctuate in response to a number of
factors:
·
|
short-term
or long-term operating results;
|
·
|
perceived
strength of the banking industry in
general;
|
·
|
perceived
value of the Company’s loan
portfolio;
|
·
|
trends
in the Company’s nonperforming
assets;
|
·
|
legislative/regulatory
action or adverse publicity;
|
·
|
announcements
by competitors; and
|
·
|
economic
changes and general market
conditions.
|
The
market price of our common stock may also be affected by general stock market
conditions, including price and trading fluctuations on the NASDAQ Stock Market,
the NYSE, AMEX or other exchanges, or by conditions influencing financial
institutions generally. These conditions may result in (i) volatility in the
level of, and fluctuations in, the market prices of stocks generally and, in
turn, our common stock and (ii) sales of substantial amounts of our common stock
in the market, in each case that could be unrelated or disproportionate to
changes in our operating performance. These broad market fluctuations may
adversely affect the market prices of our common stock.
There may be
future sales or other dilution of our equity, which may adversely affect the
market price of our common stock. We are not restricted from
issuing additional common stock or preferred stock, including any securities
that are convertible into or exchangeable for, or that represent the right to
receive, common stock or preferred stock or any substantially similar
securities. Our board of directors is authorized to issue additional shares of
common stock and additional classes or series of preferred stock without any
action on the part of the stockholders. The board of directors also has the
power, without stockholder approval, to set the terms of any such classes or
series of preferred stock that may be issued, including voting rights, dividend
rights and preferences over the common stock with respect to dividends or upon
the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of our business and other terms. If
we issue preferred shares in the future that have a preference over the common
stock with respect to the payment of dividends or upon liquidation, dissolution
or winding up, or if we issue preferred shares with voting rights that dilute
the voting power of the common stock, the rights of holders of the common stock
or the market price of the common stock could be adversely
affected.
None
The main
and executive offices of the Company and Heritage Bank of Commerce are located
at 150 Almaden Boulevard in San Jose, California 95113, with branch offices
located at 15575 Los Gatos Boulevard in Los Gatos, California 95032, at 387
Diablo Road in Danville, California 94526, at 3077 Stevenson Boulevard in
Fremont, California 94538, at 300 Main Street in Pleasanton, California 94566,
at 101 Ygnacio Valley Road in Walnut Creek, California 94596, at 18625 Sutter
Boulevard in Morgan Hill, California 95037, at 7598 Monterey Street in Gilroy,
California 95020, at 419 S. San Antonio Road in Los Altos, California 94022, and
at 175 E. El Camino Real in Mountain View, California 94040.
Main
Offices
The main
offices of Heritage Bank of Commerce are located at 150 Almaden Boulevard in San
Jose, California on the first three floors in a fifteen-story Class-A type
office building. The first two floors, which consist of approximately 22,417
square feet, were subleased from a non-affiliated third party under a sublease
agreement dated February 12, 1996, as amended. The third floor, which consists
of approximately 12,824 square feet, was acquired directly under a lease dated
April 13, 2000, as amended. The current monthly rent payment for the third floor
is $29,367, until August 1, 2009 when the monthly rent payment will then become
fixed at $53,861 until the lease expires on May 31, 2015. The current monthly
rent payment for the first two floors is $42,592 until the sublease expires on
February 28, 2010; however, after the sublease expires, the first two floors
will become part of the direct lease for the third floor, subject to all of the
terms and conditions therein, except that the monthly rent will be based on the
then prevailing market rate to be determined no later than January 15, 2010. The
Company has reserved the right to extend the term of the direct lease for two
additional periods of five years each.
In
January of 1997, the Company leased approximately 1,255 square feet (referred to
as the “Kiosk”) located next to the primary operating area at 150 Almaden
Boulevard in San Jose, California to be used for meetings, staff training and
marketing events. The current monthly rent payment is $2,874 until August 1,
2009 when the monthly rent payment will then become fixed at $5,271 until the
lease expires on May 31, 2015. The Company has reserved the right to extend the
term of the lease for two additional periods of five years each.
19
Branch
Offices
In March
of 1999, the Company leased approximately 7,260 square feet in a one-story
multi-tenant office building located at 18625 Sutter Boulevard in Morgan Hill,
California. The current monthly rent payment is $12,183 and is subject to
adjustment every 36 months, based on the Consumer Price Index of the Labor of
Statistics as defined in the lease agreement, until the lease expires on October
31, 2014.
In May of
2006, the Company leased approximately 2,505 square feet on the first floor in a
three-story multi-tenant multi-use building located at 7598 Monterey Street in
Gilroy, California. The current monthly rent payment is $4,691 and is subject to
annual increases of 2% until the lease expires on September 30, 2016. The
Company has reserved the right to extend the term of the lease for two
additional periods of five years each.
In April
of 2007, the Company leased approximately 3,850 square feet on the first floor
in a four-story multi-tenant office building located at 101 Ygnacio Valley Road
in Walnut Creek, California. The current monthly rent payment is $13,086 and is
subject to annual increases of 3% until the lease expires on August 15, 2014.
The Company has reserved the right to extend the term of the lease for one
additional period of five years.
In June
of 2007, as part of the acquisition of Diablo Valley Bank the Company took
ownership of an 8,300 square foot one-story commercial building, including the
land, located at 387 Diablo Road in Danville, California. The Company also
assumed a lease for approximately 4,096 square feet in a one-story stand-alone
office building located at 300 Main Street in Pleasanton, California. The
current monthly rent payment is $15,432 and is subject to annual increases of 3%
until the lease expires on October 31, 2010. The Company has reserved the right
to extend the term of the lease for one additional period of seven
years.
In August
of 2007, the Company extended its lease for approximately 6,590 square feet in a
one-story stand-alone office building located at 3077 Stevenson Boulevard in
Fremont, California. The current monthly rent payment is $13,575 and is subject
to annual increases of 3% until the lease expires on February 28, 2013. The
Company has reserved the right to extend the term of the lease for one
additional period of five years.
In
February 2008, the Company extended its lease for approximately 4,840 square
feet in a one-story multi-tenant shopping center located at 175 E. El Camino
Real in Mountain View, California. The current monthly rent payment is $13,986
and is subject to annual increases, based on the Consumer Price Index of the
Bureau of Labor Statistics as defined in the lease agreement. The lease expires
on May 30, 2013; however, the Company has reserved the right to extend the term
of the lease for one additional period of five years.
In June
of 2008, the Company entered into a sublease agreement for approximately 5,213
square feet on the first floor in a two-story multi-tenant office building
located at 419 S. San Antonio Road in Los Altos, California. The current monthly
rent payment is $16,682 and is subject to annual increases of 3% until the
sublease expires on April 30, 2012. After the sublease has expired, occupancy
will continue under a direct lease, also entered into in June of 2008. The
monthly rent payment beginning on May 1, 2012 will be $24,501 and is subject to
annual increases of 3% until the lease expires on April 30, 2018. The Company
has reserved the right to extend the term of the lease for two additional
periods of five years each.
In
September 2008, the Company consolidated its two branch locations located at
4546 El Camino Real and 369 S. San Antonio Road in Los Altos into one new branch
located at 419 S. San Antonio Road in Los Altos, California.
In
December of 2008, the Company extended its lease for approximately 1,920 square
feet in a one-story stand-alone building located in an office complex at 15575
Los Gatos Boulevard in Los Gatos, California. The current monthly rent payment
is $5,280 and is subject to annual increases of 3% until the lease expires on
November 30, 2013. The Company has reserved the right to extend the term of the
lease for one additional period of five years.
Loan
Production Offices
In March
of 2008, the Company renewed its lease for approximately 140 square feet of
office space located at 264 Clovis Avenue in Clovis, California. The current
monthly rent payment is $500 until the lease expires on March 31,
2009.
In
October of 2008, the Company renewed its lease for approximately 250 square feet
of office space located at 740 Fourth Street in Santa Rosa, California. The
current monthly rent payment is $1,287 until the lease expires on October 7,
2009.
In
November of 2008, the Company extended its lease on a month-to-month basis for
approximately 243 square feet of office space located at 1440 Broadway in
Oakland, California 94612. The current monthly rent payment is
$535.
In
January of 2009, the Company extended its lease on a month-to-month basis for
approximately 225 square feet of office space located at 8788 Elk Grove
Boulevard in Elk Grove, California. The current monthly rent payment is
$675.
For
additional information on operating leases and rent expense, refer to Footnote
11 to the Consolidated Financial Statements following “Item 15 – Exhibits and Financial Statement
Schedules.”
ITEM 3
- LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
|
The
Company is involved in certain legal actions arising from normal business
activities. Management, based upon the advice of legal counsel,
believes the ultimate resolution of all pending legal actions will not have a
material effect on the financial statements of the Company.
ITEM 4
- SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY
HOLDERS
|
There was
no submission of matters to a vote of security holders during the fourth quarter
of the year ended December 31, 2008.
20
PART
II
ITEM 5
- MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND
ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY
SECURITIES
|
Market
Information
The
Company’s common stock is listed on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the
symbol “HTBK.” Management is aware of the following securities
dealers which make a market in the Company’s common stock: Credit
Suisse Securities, UBS Securities, Goldman Sachs & Company, Citadel
Derivatives Group, Morgan Stanley & Company, Knight Equity Markets, Keefe,
Bruyette & Woods, Barclays Capital Inc., Howes Barnes Investments, Timber
Hill, Susquehanna Capital Group, Merrill Lynch, Cantor Fitzgerald & Company,
Fig Partners, D.A. Davidson, and Stifel, Nicolaus &
Company. These market makers have committed to make a market for the
Company’s common stock, although they may discontinue making a market at any
time. No assurance can be given that an active trading market will be sustained
for the common stock at any time in the future.
The
information in the following table for 2008 and 2007 indicates the high and low
closing prices for the common stock, based upon information provided by the
NASDAQ Global Select Market and cash dividend payment for each quarter
presented.
Stock
Price
|
Dividend
|
||||||||
Quarter
|
High
|
Low
|
Per
Share
|
||||||
Year ended December 31,
2008:
|
|||||||||
Fourth
quarter
|
$
|
15.83
|
$
|
9.61
|
$
|
0.08
|
|||
Third
quarter
|
$
|
16.43
|
$
|
8.48
|
$
|
0.08
|
|||
Second
quarter
|
$
|
18.78
|
$
|
9.90
|
$
|
0.08
|
|||
First
quarter
|
$
|
18.93
|
$
|
15.23
|
$
|
0.08
|
|||
Year ended December 31,
2007:
|
|||||||||
Fourth
quarter
|
$
|
21.97
|
$
|
15.45
|
$
|
0.08
|
|||
Third
quarter
|
$
|
24.47
|
$
|
18.55
|
$
|
0.06
|
|||
Second
quarter
|
$
|
25.54
|
$
|
21.72
|
$
|
0.06
|
|||
First
quarter
|
$
|
27.34
|
$
|
24.68
|
$
|
0.06
|
The
closing price of our common stock on February 17, 2009 was $6.48 per share as
reported by the Nasdaq Global Select Market.
As of
February 17, 2009, there were approximately 700 holders of record of common
stock. There are no other classes of common equity
outstanding.
Dividends
As a bank
holding company that currently has no significant assets other than cash and its
equity interest in HBC, the Company’s ability to declare dividends depends
primarily upon dividends it receives from HBC. HBC’s dividend practices in turn
depend upon legal restrictions, HBC’s earnings, financial position, current and
anticipated capital requirements, and other factors deemed relevant by HBC’s
Board of Directors at that time.
On
January 29, 2009, the Company announced it will pay a $0.02 per share quarterly
cash dividend on its common stock. The dividend will be paid on March 10, 2009,
to shareholders of record on February 27, 2009. The Company reduced its
quarterly dividend from $0.08 paid in previous quarters in an effort to maintain
its strong capital position for future growth.
The
Company paid cash dividends on its common stock totaling $3.82 million, or $0.32
per share in 2008 representing 253% of 2008 net income available to common
shareholders. The Company’s general dividend policy is to pay cash dividends,
provided that such payments do not adversely affect the Company’s financial
condition and are not overly restrictive to our growth capacity. However, no
assurance can be given that earnings and/or growth expectations in any given
year will justify the payment of such a dividend.
During
any period in which the Company has deferred payment of interest otherwise due
and payable on its subordinated debt securities, it may not make any dividends
or distributions with respect to its capital stock (see “Item 7 - Management’s
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations –
Capital Resources”).
Prior to
November 21, 2011, unless the Company has redeemed its Series A Preferred Stock
or the U.S. Treasury has transferred the Series A Preferred Stock to a third
party, the consent of the U.S. Treasury will be required for the Company to: (i)
declare or pay any dividend or make any distribution on the common stock (other
than regular quarterly cash dividends of not more than $0.08 per share, as
adjusted for any stock split, stock dividend, reverse stock split,
reclassification or similar transaction). In addition, the Company’s ability to
declare or pay dividends on its common stock will be subject to restrictions in
the event that the Company fails to declare or pay (or set aside for payment)
the full dividends when due on the Series A Preferred Stock.
The
ability of HBC’s board of directors to declare cash dividends is subject to
statutory and regulatory restrictions which limit the amount available for cash
dividends depending upon the earnings, financial condition and cash needs of
HBC, as well as general business conditions. Under California banking law, HBC
may declare dividends in an amount not exceeding the lesser of its retained
earnings or its net income for the last three years (reduced by dividends paid
during such period) or, with the prior approval of the California Commissioner
of Financial Institutions, in an amount not exceeding the greatest of (i) the
retained earnings of HBC, (ii) the net income of HBC for its last fiscal year,
or (iii) the net income of HBC for its current fiscal year. The payment of any
cash dividends by HBC will depend not only upon HBC’s earnings during a
specified period, but also on HBC meeting certain regulatory capital
requirements.
21
The
Company’s ability to pay dividends is also limited by state corporation law. The
California General Corporation Law prohibits the Company from paying dividends
on its capital stock unless: (i) its retained earnings, immediately prior to the
dividend payment, equals or exceeds the amount of the dividend or (ii)
immediately after giving effect to the dividend the sum of the Company’s assets
(exclusive of goodwill and deferred charges) would be at least equal to 125% of
its liabilities (not including deferred taxes, deferred income and other
deferred credits) and the current assets of the Company would be at least equal
to its current liabilities, or, if the average of its earnings before taxes on
income and before interest expense for the two preceding fiscal years was less
than the average of its interest expense for the two preceding fiscal years, at
least equal to 125% of its current liabilities.
Additionally,
the Federal Reserve Board’s policy regarding dividends provides that a bank
holding company should not pay cash dividends exceeding its net income or which
can only be funded in ways that weaken the bank holding company’s financial
health, such as by borrowing.
The FDIC
and the DFI have authority to prohibit a bank from engaging in business
practices that are considered to be unsafe or unsound. Depending upon the
financial condition of a bank and upon other factors, the FDIC or DFI could
assert that payments of dividends or other payments by a bank might be such an
unsafe or unsound practice. The Federal Reserve Board has similar authority with
respect to a bank holding company.
For
regulatory restrictions on payment of dividends by the Company, see Item 1- “BUSINESS - Regulation
and Supervision – The Company - Limitations on Dividends
Payments.”
Securities
Authorized for Issuance Under Equity Compensation Plans
The
following table provides information as of December 31, 2008 regarding equity
compensation plans under which equity securities of the Company were authorized
for issuance:
Plan
Category
|
Number
of securities
to
be issued upon exercise
of
outstanding options,
warrants
and rights
(a)
|
Weighted
average
exercise
price of
outstanding
options,
warrants
and rights
(b)
|
Number
of securities
remaining
available for
future
issuance under
equity
compensation plans
(excluding
securities
reflected
in column (a))
(c)
|
Equity
compensation plans
approved
by security holders
|
1,044,737
(1)
|
$18.89
|
869,527
|
Equity
compensation plans not
approved
by security holders
|
38,250 (2)
|
$18.15
|
N/A
|
(1)
|
Consists
of 176,669 options to acquire shares of common stock issued under the
Company’s 1994 stock options plan, and 868,068 options to acquire shares
under the Company’s 2004 stock option
plan.
|
(2)
|
Consists
of restricted stock issued to the Company’s chief executive officer
pursuant to a restricted stock agreement dated March 17,
2005.
|
Performance
Graph
The
following graph compares the stock performance of the Company from
December 31, 2003 to December 31, 2008, to the performance of several
specific industry indices. The performance of the S&P 500 index, Nasdaq
Stock Index and Nasdaq Bank Stocks were used as comparisons to the Company’s
stock performance. Management believes that a performance comparison to these
indices provides meaningful information and has therefore included those
comparisons in the following graph.
22
The following chart compares the stock performance of the
Company from December 31, 2003 to December 31, 2008, to the
performance of several specific industry indices. The performance of the S&P
500 index, Nasdaq Stock Index and Nasdaq Bank Stocks were used as comparisons to
the Company’s stock performance.
Period
Ending
|
||||||
Index
|
12/31/03
|
12/31/04
|
12/31/05
|
12/31/06
|
12/31/07
|
12/31/08
|
Heritage
Commerce Corp *
|
100
|
155
|
175
|
217
|
150
|
40
|
S&P
500 *
|
100
|
109
|
112
|
128
|
132
|
81
|
NASDAQ
- Total US*
|
100
|
109
|
110
|
121
|
132
|
79
|
NASDAQ
Bank Index*
|
100
|
111
|
106
|
118
|
92
|
70
|
*
Source: SNL Financial Bank Information Group – (434)
977-1600
Stock Repurchase
Program
In July
2007, the Company’s Board of Directors authorized the purchase of up to an
additional $30 million of its common stock, which represented approximately 1.48
million shares, or 11%, of its outstanding shares at the current market price on
the date of authorization. From August 2007 through May 2008, the
Company repurchased 1,645,607 shares of common stock for a total of $29.9
million completing the repurchase program. The Company financed the
repurchase of shares from its available cash.
ITEM 6
- SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
|
The
following table presents a summary of selected financial information that should
be read in conjunction with the Company’s consolidated financial statements and
notes thereto included under Item 8 - “FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY
DATA.”
23
SELECTED
FINANCIAL DATA
AT
OR FOR YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
|
||||||||||||||||||||
2008
|
2007
|
2006
|
2005
|
2004
|
||||||||||||||||
(Dollars
in thousands, except per share amounts and ratios)
|
||||||||||||||||||||
INCOME
STATEMENT DATA:
|
||||||||||||||||||||
Interest
income
|
$ | 75,957 | $ | 78,712 | $ | 72,957 | $ | 63,756 | $ | 50,685 | ||||||||||
Interest
expense
|
24,444 | 27,012 | 22,525 | 15,907 | 9,648 | |||||||||||||||
Net
interest income before provision for loan losses
|
51,513 | 51,700 | 50,432 | 47,849 | 41,037 | |||||||||||||||
Provision
for loan losses
|
15,537 | (11) | (503) | 313 | 666 | |||||||||||||||
Net
interest income after provision for loan losses
|
35,976 | 51,711 | 50,935 | 47,536 | 40,371 | |||||||||||||||
Noninterest
income
|
6,791 | 8,052 | 9,840 | 9,423 | 10,544 | |||||||||||||||
Noninterest
expense
|
42,392 | 37,530 | 34,268 | 35,233 | 39,238 | |||||||||||||||
Income
before income taxes
|
375 | 22,233 | 26,507 | 21,726 | 11,677 | |||||||||||||||
Income
tax expense (benefit)
|
(1,387) | 8,137 | 9,237 | 7,280 | 3,199 | |||||||||||||||
Net
income
|
1,762 | 14,096 | 17,270 | 14,446 | 8,478 | |||||||||||||||
Dividends
and discount accretion on preferred stock
|
(255) | - | - | - | - | |||||||||||||||
Net
income available to common shareholders
|
$ | 1,507 | $ | 14,096 | $ | 17,270 | $ | 14,446 | $ | 8,478 | ||||||||||
PER
COMMON SHARE DATA:
|
||||||||||||||||||||
Basic
net income (1)
|
$ | 0.13 | $ | 1.14 | $ | 1.47 | $ | 1.22 | $ | 0.73 | ||||||||||
Diluted
net income (2)
|
$ | 0.13 | $ | 1.12 | $ | 1.44 | $ | 1.19 | $ | 0.71 | ||||||||||
Book
value per common share (3)
|
$ | 12.38 | $ | 12.90 | $ | 10.54 | $ | 9.45 | $ | 8.45 | ||||||||||
Tangible
book value per common share
|
$ | 8.37 | $ | 9.20 | $ | 10.54 | $ | 9.45 | $ | 8.45 | ||||||||||
Weighted
average number of shares outstanding - basic
|
11,962,012 | 12,398,270 | 11,725,671 | 11,795,635 | 11,559,155 | |||||||||||||||
Weighted
average number of shares outstanding - diluted
|
12,015,519 | 12,536,740 | 11,956,433 | 12,107,230 | 11,986,856 | |||||||||||||||
Shares
outstanding at period end
|
11,820,509 | 12,774,926 | 11,656,943 | 11,807,649 | 11,669,837 | |||||||||||||||
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
|
||||||||||||||||||||
Securities
|
$ | 104,475 | $ | 135,402 | $ | 172,298 | $ | 198,495 | $ | 232,809 | ||||||||||
Net
loans
|
$ | 1,223,624 | $ | 1,024,247 | $ | 699,957 | $ | 669,901 | $ | 708,611 | ||||||||||
Allowance
for loan losses
|
$ | 25,007 | $ | 12,218 | $ | 9,279 | $ | 10,224 | $ | 12,497 | ||||||||||
Goodwill
and other intangible assets
|
$ | 47,412 | $ | 48,153 | $ | - | $ | - | $ | - | ||||||||||
Total
assets
|
$ | 1,499,227 | $ | 1,347,472 | $ | 1,037,138 | $ | 1,130,509 | $ | 1,108,173 | ||||||||||
Total
deposits
|
$ | 1,154,050 | $ | 1,064,226 | $ | 846,593 | $ | 939,759 | $ | 918,535 | ||||||||||
Securities
sold under agreement to repurchase
|
$ | 35,000 | $ | 10,900 | $ | 21,800 | $ | 32,700 | $ | 47,800 | ||||||||||
Note
payable
|
$ | 15,000 | $ | - | $ | - | $ | - | $ | - | ||||||||||
Short-term
borrowings
|
$ | 55,000 | $ | 60,000 | $ | - | $ | - | $ | - | ||||||||||
Notes
payable to subsidiary grantor trusts
|
$ | 23,702 | $ | 23,702 | $ | 23,702 | $ | 23,702 | $ | 23,702 | ||||||||||
Total
shareholders' equity
|
$ | 184,267 | $ | 164,824 | $ | 122,820 | $ | 111,617 | $ | 98,579 | ||||||||||
SELECTED
PERFORMANCE RATIOS: (4)
|
||||||||||||||||||||
Return
on average assets
|
0.12 |
%
|
1.18 |
%
|
1.57 |
%
|
1.27 |
%
|
0.80 | % | ||||||||||
Return
on average tangible assets
|
0.13 |
%
|
1.21 |
%
|
1.57 |
%
|
1.27 |
%
|
0.80 | % | ||||||||||
Return
on average equity
|
1.15 |
%
|
9.47 |
%
|
14.62 |
%
|
13.73 |
%
|
9.04 | % | ||||||||||
Return
on average tangible equity
|
1.67 |
%
|
11.43 |
%
|
14.62 |
%
|
13.73 |
%
|
9.04 | % | ||||||||||
Net
interest margin
|
3.94 |
%
|
4.86 |
%
|
5.06 |
%
|
4.58 |
%
|
4.22 | % | ||||||||||
Efficiency
ratio
|
72.71 |
%
|
62.81 |
%
|
56.86 |
%
|
61.52 |
%
|
76.07 | % | ||||||||||
Average
net loans (excludes loans held for sale)
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||||||
as a percentage of average deposits | 100.01 | % | 84.06 | % | 77.61 | % | 73.55 | % | 77.11 | % | ||||||||||
Average
total shareholders' equity as a
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||||||
percenatge of average total assets | 10.52 | % | 12.47 | % | 10.75 | % | 9.25 | % | 8.80 | % | ||||||||||
SELECTED
ASSET QUALITY RATIOS:
|
||||||||||||||||||||
Net
loan charge-offs (recoveries) to average loans
|
0.23 |
%
|
(0.10) |
%
|
0.06 |
%
|
0.28 |
%
|
0.19 | % | ||||||||||
Allowance
for loan losses to total loans
|
2.00 |
%
|
1.18 |
%
|
1.31 |
%
|
1.51 |
%
|
1.73 | % | ||||||||||
CAPITAL
RATIOS:
|
||||||||||||||||||||
Tier
1 risk-based
|
11.9 |
%
|
11.5 |
%
|
17.3 |
%
|
14.2 |
%
|
13.0 | % | ||||||||||
Total
risk-based
|
13.1 |
%
|
12.5 |
%
|
18.4 |
%
|
15.3 |
%
|
14.3 | % | ||||||||||
Leverage
|
11.0 |
%
|
11.1 |
%
|
13.6 |
%
|
11.6 |
%
|
10.9 | % |
24
Notes:
1)
|
Represents
net income available to common shareholders divided by the average number
of shares of common stock outstanding for the respective
period.
|
2)
|
Represents
net income available to common shareholders divided by the average number
of shares of common stock and common stock-equivalents outstanding for the
respective period.
|
3)
|
Represents
shareholders’ equity minus preferred stock divided by the number of shares
of common stock outstanding at the end of the period
indicated.
|
4)
|
Average
balances used in this table and throughout this Annual Report are based on
daily averages.
|
ITEM
7 - MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
|
The
following discussion provides information about the results of operations,
financial condition, liquidity, and capital resources of Heritage Commerce Corp
and its subsidiaries. This information is intended to facilitate the
understanding and assessment of significant changes and trends related to our
financial condition and the results of our operations. This
discussion and analysis should be read in conjunction with our consolidated
financial statements and the accompanying notes presented elsewhere in this
report.
Executive
Summary
This
summary is intended to identify the most important matters on which management
focuses when it evaluates the financial condition and performance of the
Company. When evaluating financial condition and performance,
management looks at certain key metrics and measures. The Company’s
evaluation includes an analysis including comparisons with peer group financial
institutions and with its own performance objectives established in the internal
planning process.
The
primary activity of the Company is commercial banking. The Company’s
operations are located entirely in the southern and eastern regions of the
general San Francisco Bay area of California in the counties of Santa Clara,
Alameda and Contra Costa. The largest city in this area is San Jose
and the Company’s market includes the headquarters of a number of technology
based companies in the region known commonly as Silicon Valley. The
Company’s customers are primarily closely held businesses and
professionals.
Performance
Overview
Comparison
of 2008 operating results to 2007 and 2006 includes the effects of acquiring
Diablo Valley Bank (“DVB”) on June 20, 2007. In the DVB transaction,
the Company acquired $269.0 million of tangible assets, including $203.8 million
of net loans, and assumed $249.0 million of deposits.
Net
income in 2008 was $1.8 million, a decrease of $12.3 million, or 87%, compared
to $14.1 million in 2007. Net income in 2007 was $3.2 million lower
than 2006 net income of $17.3 million. Net income per diluted common
share was $0.13 for 2008, as compared to $1.12 during 2007 and $1.44 in
2006. The Company’s return on average assets was 0.12% and its return
on average equity was 1.15% in 2008, as compared to 1.18% and 9.47%,
respectively for 2007, and 1.57% and 14.62%, respectively in 2006. The Company’s
return on average tangible assets and return on average tangible equity were
0.13% and 1.67%, respectively, for 2008, compared to 1.21% and 11.43%,
respectively, for 2007, and 1.57% and 14.62%, respectively, for
2006.
The
following are major factors impacting the Company’s results of operations in
recent years:
·
|
Net
income for 2008 was $1.8 million compared to $14.1 million in 2007, an 87%
decrease. The decrease in net income is primarily related to
the Company’s significant increase in its provision for loan losses in
2008 compared to 2007.
|
·
|
Net
interest income was relatively flat in 2008 compared to 2007 decreasing by
$187,000, and increased by $1.3 million, or 3%, in 2007 from 2006. Changes
in 2008 net interest income were primarily due to a lower net interest
margin, partially offset by an increase in the volume of average
interest-earning assets as a result of the merger with DVB and significant
new loan production. The growth in 2007 was largely driven by
an increase in average interest-earning
assets.
|
·
|
The
net interest margin for 2008 was 3.94%, a decrease of 92 basis points from
4.86% for 2007. The net interest margin for 2006 was
5.06%. Decreases in the net interest margin are primarily the
result of the 500 basis points decline in the Federal funds rate from
September 18, 2007 through December 31, 2008, which caused interest
earning assets to reprice lower at a quicker rate than interest bearing
liabilities.
|
·
|
The
Company’s provision for loan losses in 2008 was $15.5 million, compared to
a credit provision for loan losses of $11,000 in 2007, and a credit
provision for loan losses of $503,000 in 2006. The significant
increase in the provision for loan losses was primarily due to the $212
million in loan growth for 2008, and deterioration in the loan
portfolio reflected in the increase in nonperforming loans primarily
caused by the negative impacts of the current economic and real estate
downturn.
|
·
|
As
previously disclosed, during the second quarter of 2008, the Company fully
provided for estimated losses of $5.1 million on loans to one borrower and
his related entities. All of these loans were in default under their
respective loan terms and have been placed on nonaccrual
status. Of these loans, $1.1 million was charged-off in the
fourth quarter of 2008.
|
·
|
Noninterest
income decreased by 16% in 2008 to $6.8 million, compared to $8.1 million
in 2007. Noninterest income decreased by 18% in 2007 to $8.1 million
compared to $9.8 million in 2006. The decrease in noninterest
income was primarily due to the Company’s strategic shift to retain,
rather than sell, SBA loan production, beginning in the third quarter of
2007, which provides the Company with higher interest income over
time.
|
·
|
Noninterest
expense increased to $42.4 million in 2008, compared to $37.5 million in
2007 and $34.3 million in 2006. Operating expenses increased in
2008 due to the full year impact of the acquisition of Diablo Valley Bank
on June 20, 2007, including an increase in amortization of intangible
assets, the new office in Walnut Creek, the addition of experienced
banking professionals, the write-off of leasehold improvements in the
third quarter of 2008 due to the consolidation of our two offices in Los
Altos, higher regulatory assessments, and an increase in legal fees and
OREO expense.
|
25
·
|
The
efficiency ratio was 72.71% in 2008, compared to 62.81% in 2007, and
56.86% in 2006. The efficiency ratio increased in 2008
primarily due to compression of the net interest margin, no SBA loan sale
gains, and higher noninterest
expense.
|
·
|
The
income tax benefit for 2008 was $1.4 million, as compared to income tax
expense of $8.1 million and $9.2 million in 2007 and 2006, respectively.
The negative effective income tax rate for 2008 was due to reduced pre-tax
earnings. The effective income tax rates for 2007 and 2006 were
36.6% and 34.8%, respectively. The difference in the effective tax rate
compared to the combined federal and state statutory tax rate of 42% is
primarily the result of the Company’s investment in life insurance
policies whose earnings are not subject to taxes, tax credits related to
investments in low income housing limited partnerships and investments in
tax-free municipal securities and loans. The effective tax
rates in 2008 are lower compared to 2007 and 2006 because pre-tax income
decreased substantially while benefits from tax advantaged investments did
not.
|
The
following are important factors in understanding our current financial condition
and liquidity position:
·
|
Total
assets increased $152 million, or 11%, to $1.5 billion at the end of 2008
from $1.3 billion at the end of 2007, primarily due to increased loan
production generated by additional relationship managers hired in 2007 and
2008, as well as the opening of a new office in Walnut Creek,
California.
|
·
|
Total
loans increased $212 million, or 20%, to $1.2 billion at the end of 2008
compared to $1.0 billion at the end of
2007.
|
·
|
Total
deposits increased $90 million, or 8%, to $1.2 billion at the end of 2008
from $1.1 billion at the end of 2007. This increase was
primarily due to a $157 million increase in brokered deposits and a $32
million increase in time deposits of $100,000 and over, partially offset
by a $98 million decrease in core
deposits.
|
·
|
The
Company’s noncore funding (which consists of time deposits $100,000 and
over, brokered deposits, securities under agreement to repurchase, notes
payable, and other short-term borrowings) to total assets ratio was 32% at
December 31, 2008, compared to 19% a year
ago.
|
·
|
The
Company’s loans to total deposits ratio was 108% at December 31, 2008,
compared to 97% a year ago. This increase was due in part to the increase
in brokered deposits during 2008.
|
·
|
Primarily
due to softening in the real estate market in the Company’s market area,
which is expected to continue through 2009, nonperforming assets increased
by $36.6 million in 2008.
|
·
|
The
Company issued $40 million in preferred stock and a common stock warrant
to the U.S. Treasury as a participant in the TARP Capital Purchase
Program.
|
·
|
The
consolidated Company and Heritage Bank of Commerce meet the regulatory
definition of “well-capitalized” at December 31,
2008.
|
Deposits
The
compositions and cost of the Company’s deposit base are important in analyzing
the Company’s net interest margin and balance sheet liquidity
characteristics. The Company’s depositors are generally located in
its primary market area. Depending on loan demand and other funding
requirements, the Company also obtains deposits from wholesale sources including
deposit brokers. The Company had $196.2 million in brokered deposits
at December 31, 2008. The increase in brokered deposits of $156.5
million from December 31, 2007 was primarily to fund increasing loan growth. The
Company also seeks deposits from title insurance companies, escrow accounts and
real estate exchange facilitators, which were $56.6 million at December 31,
2008. The Company has a policy to monitor all deposits that may be
sensitive to interest rate changes to help assure that liquidity risk does not
become excessive due to concentrations. Deposits at December 31, 2008
were $1.2 billion compared to $1.1 billion at December 31, 2007, an increase of
8%. The Company has not experienced any increased demand outside its
ordinary course of business from its customers to withdraw the deposits as a
result of recent developments in the financial institution
industry.
Liquidity
Our
liquidity position refers to our ability to maintain cash flows sufficient to
fund operations and to meet obligations and other commitments in a timely
fashion. We believe that our liquidity position is more than sufficient to meet
our operating expenses, borrowing needs and other obligations for
2009. As of December 31, 2008, we had $30 million in cash and cash
equivalents and approximately $132 million in available borrowing capacity from
various sources including the Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”), and Federal funds
facilities with several financial institutions.
Lending
Our
lending business originates primarily through our branch offices located in our
primary market. While the economy in our primary service area
weakened in late 2007 and throughout 2008, the Company has experienced strong
loan growth for most of 2008. During the last quarter of 2008 we
experienced a modest slowing in loan growth on a relative
basis. Commercial and commercial real estate loans increased from
December 31, 2007, as a result of relationship manager additions over the past
year, a new office in Walnut Creek, California, and opportunities created by
recent consolidation in the local banking industry. We will continue
to use and improve existing products to expand market share in current
locations. Total loans increased to $1.2 billion for 2008 compared to $1.0
billion at December 31, 2007.
Net
Interest Income
The
management of interest income and expense is fundamental to the performance of
the Company. Net interest income, the difference between interest
income and interest expense, is the largest component of the Company’s total
revenue. Management closely monitors both total net interest income
and the net interest margin (net interest income divided by average earning
assets).
Because
of our focus on commercial lending to closely held businesses, the Company will
continue to have a high percentage of floating rate loans and other
assets. Given the current volume, mix and repricing characteristics
of our interest-bearing liabilities and interest-earning assets, we believe our
interest rate spread is expected to increase in a rising rate environment, and
decrease in a declining interest rate scenario.
26
The
Company, through its asset and liability policies and practices, seeks to
maximize net interest income without exposing the Company to an excessive level
of interest rate risk. Interest rate risk is managed by monitoring
the pricing, maturity and repricing options of all classes of interest bearing
assets and liabilities. This is discussed in more detail under Liquidity and Asset/Liability
Management.
From
September 18, 2007 through December 31, 2008, the Board of Governors of the
Federal Reserve System reduced short-term interest rates by 500 basis points.
This decrease in short-term rates immediately affected the rates applicable to
the majority of the Company’s loans. While the decrease in interest rates also
lowered the cost of interest bearing deposits, which represents the Company’s
primary funding source, these deposits tend to reprice more slowly than floating
rate loans. The average monthly prime rate during 2008 was 5.09%,
compared to 8.05% in 2007.
Management
of Credit Risk
Because
of our focus on business banking, loans to single borrowing entities are often
larger than would be found in a more consumer oriented bank with many smaller,
more homogeneous loans. The average size of our loan relationships
makes the Company more susceptible to larger losses. As a result of
this concentration of larger risks, the Company has maintained an allowance for
loan losses which is higher than might be indicated by its actual historic loss
experience. In setting the loan loss allowance, management takes into
consideration many factors including loan growth, changes in the composition of
the loan portfolio, the general economic condition in the Company’s market area,
and the impact on the industrial sectors the Company services, as well as
management’s overall assessment of the quality of the loan portfolio and the
lending staff and managers who service the portfolio. A complete discussion of
the management of credit risk appears under Provision for Loan Losses and
Allowance for Loan Losses.
Noninterest
Income
While net
interest income remains the largest single component of total revenues,
noninterest income is an important component. Prior to the third
quarter of 2007, a significant percentage of the Company’s noninterest income
was associated with its SBA lending activity, consisting of gains on the sale of
loans sold in the secondary market and servicing income from loans sold with
servicing retained. However, beginning in the third quarter of 2007,
the Company decided to change its strategy regarding its SBA loan
business. The Company now retains most of its SBA production, which
allows us to generate more interest income rather than noninterest
income. Other sources of noninterest income include the increase in
cash surrender value of life insurance and service charges on deposits.
Noninterest income will continue to be affected by the Company’s strategic
decision to retain rather than sell its loans.
Noninterest
Expense
Management
considers the control of operating expenses to be a critical element of the
Company’s performance. Over the last three years, the Company has
undertaken several initiatives to reduce its noninterest expense and improve
efficiency. Nonetheless, operating expenses increased in 2008 due to
the full year impact of the acquisition of Diablo Valley Bank on June 20, 2007,
the new office in Walnut Creek, the addition of experienced banking
professionals, the write-off of leasehold improvements in the third quarter of
2008 due to the consolidation of our two offices in Los Altos, higher regulatory
assessments, and an increase in legal fees and OREO
expense. Management monitors progress in reducing noninterest expense
through review of the Company’s efficiency ratio. The efficiency
ratio increased in 2008 primarily due to compression of the Company’s net
interest margin, a decrease in noninterest income, the increase in nonperforming
assets and the increase in expenses.
Capital
Management
Heritage
Commerce Corp and Heritage Bank of Commerce meet the regulatory definition of
“well-capitalized” at December 31, 2008. As part of its asset and
liability process, the Company continually assesses its capital position to take
into consideration growth, expected earnings, risk profile and potential
corporate activities that it may choose to pursue.
Our
capital position has been considerably strengthened. As of
December 31, 2008, our total risk-based capital ratio was 13.1%, or $177.1
million, more than the 10.00% regulatory requirement for well-capitalized
banks. Our Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 11.9% and our Tier 1
leverage ratio of 11.0% as of December 31, 2008 also significantly exceeded
regulatory guidelines for well-capitalized banks. On November 21,
2008, the Company issued 40,000 shares of Series A Preferred Stock and warrants
to purchase 462,963 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $12.96 for
$40 million. See Item 1 –
“Business - U.S. Treasury Troubled Asset Relief Program.” The
terms of the U.S. Treasury TARP Capital Purchase Program could reduce investment
returns to our shareholders by restricting dividends to common shareholders,
diluting existing shareholders’ interests, and restricting capital management
practices.
In July,
2007, the board of directors authorized the repurchase of up to $30 million of
common stock through July, 2009. From August 13, 2007 through May 27,
2008, the Company purchased 1,645,607 shares for a total of $29.9 million to
complete the repurchase plan.
Starting
in 2006, the Company initiated the payment of quarterly cash
dividends. The Company paid cash dividends of $3.8 million or
$0.32 per common share in 2008 representing 217% of 2008 earnings. On
January 29, 2009, the Company announced it will pay a $0.02 per share quarterly
cash dividend. The dividend will be paid on March 10, 2009, to
shareholders of record on February 27, 2009. The Company reduced its
quarterly dividend from $0.08 paid in previous quarters in an effort to maintain
its strong capital position for future growth. The Company also accrued $222,000
of dividends in 2008 on the preferred stock issued to the U.S. Treasury under
the TARP Capital Purchase Program.
27
Results
of Operations
|
The
Company earns income from two primary sources. The first is net interest income,
which is interest income generated by earning assets less interest expense on
interest-bearing liabilities. The second is noninterest income, which
primarily consists of loan servicing fees, customer service charges and fees,
and the increase in cash surrender value of life insurance. The
majority of the Company’s noninterest expenses are operating costs that relate
to providing a full range of banking services to our customers.
Net
Interest Income and Net Interest Margin
The level
of net interest income depends on several factors in combination, including
growth in earning assets, yields on earning assets, the cost of interest-bearing
liabilities, the relative volumes of earning assets and interest-bearing
liabilities, and the mix of products that comprise the Company’s earning assets,
deposits, and other interest-bearing liabilities. To maintain its net
interest margin, the Company must manage the relationship between interest
earned and paid.
The
following Distribution, Rate and Yield table presents for each of the past three
years, the average amounts outstanding for the major categories of the Company’s
balance sheet, the average interest rates earned or paid thereon, and the
resulting net interest margin on average interest earning assets for the periods
indicated. Average balances are based on daily averages.
Distribution, Rate and
Yield
Year
Ended December 31,
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
2008
|
2007
|
2006
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Interest
|
Average
|
Interest
|
Average
|
Interest
|
Average
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Average
|
Income
/
|
Yield
/
|
Average
|
Income
/
|
Yield
/
|
Average
|
Income
/
|
Yield
/
|
|||||||||||||||||||||
Balance
|
Expense
|
Rate
|
Balance
|
Expense
|
Rate
|
Balance
|
Expense
|
Rate
|
|||||||||||||||||||||
Assets:
|
(Dollars
in thousands)
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Loans,
gross (1)
|
$ | 1,178,194 | $ | 70,488 | 5.98% | $ | 844,928 | $ | 68,405 | 8.10% | $ | 738,297 | $ | 61,859 | 8.38 | % | |||||||||||||
Securities
|
126,223 | 5,395 | 4.27% | 165,884 | 7,636 | 4.60% | 191,220 | 7,796 | 4.08 | % | |||||||||||||||||||
Interest
bearing deposits in other financial institutions
|
881 | 16 | 1.82% | 3,132 | 141 | 4.50% | 2,826 | 132 | 4.67 | % | |||||||||||||||||||
Federal
funds sold
|
3,060 | 58 | 1.90% | 49,118 | 2,530 | 5.15% | 63,739 | 3,170 | 4.97 | % | |||||||||||||||||||
Total
interest earning assets
|
1,308,358 | 75,957 | 5.81% | 1,063,062 | 78,712 | 7.40% | 996,082 | 72,957 | 7.32 | % | |||||||||||||||||||
Cash
and due from banks
|
34,339 | 37,435 | 34,810 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Premises
and equipment, net
|
9,273 | 6,218 | 2,482 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Goodwill
and other intangible assets
|
47,788 | 25,331 | - | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Other
assets
|
56,603 | 61,844 | 64,904 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total
assets
|
$ | 1,456,361 | $ | 1,193,890 | $ | 1,098,278 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Liabilities
and shareholders' equity:
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Deposits:
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Demand,
interest bearing
|
$ | 145,785 | $ | 1,513 | 1.04% | $ | 143,801 | $ | 3,154 | 2.19% | $ | 145,471 | $ | 3,220 | 2.21 | % | |||||||||||||
Savings
and money market
|
433,839 | 7,679 | 1.77% | 393,750 | 12,368 | 3.14% | 358,846 | 10,274 | 2.86 | % | |||||||||||||||||||
Time
deposits, under $100
|
36,301 | 1,101 | 3.03% | 32,196 | 1,243 | 3.86% | 31,967 | 1,037 | 3.24 | % | |||||||||||||||||||
Time
deposits, $100 and over
|
162,298 | 4,853 | 2.99% | 119,812 | 5,151 | 4.30% | 107,387 | 3,762 | 3.50 | % | |||||||||||||||||||
Brokered
time deposits, $100 and over
|
124,079 | 4,889 | 3.94% | 49,846 | 2,295 | 4.60% | 34,234 | 1,295 | 3.78 | % | |||||||||||||||||||
Notes
payable to subsidiary grantor trusts
|
23,702 | 2,148 | 9.06% | 23,702 | 2,329 | 9.83% | 23,702 | 2,310 | 9.75 | % | |||||||||||||||||||
Securities
sold under agreement to repurchase
|
32,030 | 937 | 2.93% | 14,504 | 387 | 2.67% | 25,429 | 627 | 2.47 | % | |||||||||||||||||||
Note
payable
|
10,243 | 292 | 2.85% | - | - | N/A | - | - | N/ | A | |||||||||||||||||||
Other
short-term borrowings
|
48,238 | 1,032 | 2.14% | 1,751 | 85 | 4.85% | - | - | N/ | A | |||||||||||||||||||
Total
interest bearing liabilities
|
1,016,515 | 24,444 | 2.40% | 779,362 | 27,012 | 3.47% | 727,036 | 22,525 | 3.10 | % | |||||||||||||||||||
Demand,
noninterest bearing
|
258,624 | 242,308 | 229,190 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Other
liabilities
|
28,006 | 23,385 | 23,957 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total
liabilities
|
1,303,145 | 1,045,055 | 980,183 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Shareholders'
equity
|
153,216 | 148,835 | 118,095 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total
liabilities and shareholders' equity
|
$ | 1,456,361 | $ | 1,193,890 | $ | 1,098,278 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Net
interest income / margin
|
$ | 51,513 | 3.94% | $ | 51,700 | 4.86% | $ | 50,432 | 5.06 | % | |||||||||||||||||||
(1)
Yields and amounts earned on loans include loan fees and costs. Nonaccrual loans
are included in the average balance calculations above.
The
Volume and Rate Variances table below sets forth the dollar difference in
interest earned and paid for each major category of interest-earning assets and
interest-bearing liabilities for the noted periods, and the amount of such
change attributable to changes in average balances (volume) or changes in
average interest rates. Volume variances are equal to the increase or decrease
in the average balance times the prior period rate and rate variances are equal
to the increase or decrease in the average rate times the prior period average
balance. Variances attributable to both rate and volume changes are equal to the
change in rate times the change in average balance and are included below in the
average volume column.
28
Volume
and Rate Variances
2008
vs. 2007
|
2007
vs. 2006
|
|||||||||||||||||
Increase
(Decrease) Due to Change in:
|
Increase
(Decrease) Due to Change in:
|
|||||||||||||||||
Average
|
Average
|
Net
|
Average
|
Average
|
Net
|
|||||||||||||
Volume
|
Rate
|
Change
|
Volume
|
Rate
|
Change
|
|||||||||||||
Income
from the interest earning assets:
|
(Dollars
in thousands)
|
|||||||||||||||||
Loans,
gross
|
$ | 19,961 | $ | (17,878) | $ | 2,083 | $ | 8,633 | $ | (2,087) | $ | 6,546 | ||||||
Securities
|
(1,688) | (553) | (2,241) | (1,160 | 1,000 | (160) | ||||||||||||
Interest
bearing deposits in other financial institutions
|
(41) | (84) | (125) | 14 | (5) | 9 | ||||||||||||
Federal
funds sold
|
(875) | (1,597) | (2,472) | (753) | 113 | (640) | ||||||||||||
Total
interest income on interest earning assets
|
$ | 17,357 | $ | (20,112) | $ | (2,755) | $ | 6,734 | $ | (979) | $ | 5,755 | ||||||
Expense
from the interest bearing liabilities:
|
||||||||||||||||||
Demand,
interest bearing
|
$ | 17 | $ | (1,658) | $ | (1,641) | $ | (38) | $ | (28) | $ | (66) | ||||||
Savings
and money market
|
710 | (5,399) | (4,689) | 1,100 | 994 | 2,094 | ||||||||||||
Time
deposits, under $100
|
125 | (267) | (142) | 9 | 197 | 206 | ||||||||||||
Time
deposits, $100 and over
|
1,271 | (1,569) | (298) | 533 | 856 | 1,389 | ||||||||||||
Brokered
time deposits
|
2,925 | (331) | 2,594 | 720 | 280 | 1,000 | ||||||||||||
Notes
payable to subsidiary grantor trusts
|
- | (181) | (181) | - | 19 | 19 | ||||||||||||
Securities
sold under agreement to repurchase
|
512 | 38 | 550 | (350) | 110 | (240) | ||||||||||||
Notes
payable - other
|
292 | - | 292 | - | - | - | ||||||||||||
Other
short-term borrowings
|
995 | (48) | 947 | 85 | - | 85 | ||||||||||||
Total
interest expense on interest bearing liabilities
|
$ | 6,847 | $ | (9,415) | $ | (2,568) | $ | 2,059 | $ | 2,428 | $ | 4,487 | ||||||
Net
interest income
|
$ | 10,510 | $ | (10,697) | $ | (187) | $ | 4,675 | $ | (3,407) | $ | 1,268 | ||||||
Net
interest income for 2008 decreased $187,000 from 2007. The decrease
in 2008 was primarily due to the 500 basis points decline in short-term interest
rates from September 18, 2007 through December 31, 2008, partially offset by a
23% increase in average interest-earning assets in 2008 from
2007. The Company’s net interest margin, expressed as a percentage of
average earning assets, was 3.94% in 2008 compared to 4.86% in 2007, a decrease
of 92 basis points.
A
substantial portion of the Company’s earning assets are variable-rate loans that
re-price when the Company’s prime lending rate is changed, in contrast to a
large base of core deposits that are generally slower to re-price. This causes
the Company’s balance sheet to be asset-sensitive which means that, all else
being equal, the Company’s net interest margin will be lower during periods when
short-term interest rates are falling and higher when rates are rising.
Management anticipates that the Company’s net interest margin could experience
some compression if short-term interest rates continue to fall in
2009.
The net
interest margin decreased 20 basis points to 4.86% in 2007 from 5.06% in 2006.
Net interest income increased $1.3 million, or 3%, for 2007 to $51.7 million
from $50.4 million for 2006, primarily due to higher loan volume in
2007.
Provision
for Loan Losses
|
Credit
risk is inherent in the business of making loans. The Company sets aside an
allowance for loan losses through charges to earnings, which are shown in the
income statement as the provision for loan losses. Specifically identifiable and
quantifiable losses are immediately charged off against the allowance. The loan
loss provision is determined by conducting a quarterly evaluation of the
adequacy of the Company’s allowance for loan losses and charging the shortfall,
if any, to the current quarter’s expense. This has the effect of creating
variability in the amount and frequency of charges to the Company’s
earnings. The loan loss provision and level of allowance for each
period are dependent upon many factors, including loan growth, net charge-offs,
changes in the composition of the loan portfolio, delinquencies, management’s
assessment of the quality of the loan portfolio, the valuation of problem loans
and the general economic conditions in the Company’s market area.
For 2008,
the Company had a provision for loan losses of $15.5 million, compared to a
credit provision for loan losses of $11,000 for 2007 and credit provision for
loan losses of $503,000 for 2006. The significant increase in
the provision for loan losses for 2008 was primarily due to $5.1 million of
estimated losses on loans to one borrower and his related entities in the second
quarter, $212 million in loan growth, and increasing risk in the loan portfolio
reflected by an increase of $37.0 million in nonperforming loans. The Company
anticipates that it will continue to make significant provisions for loan losses
over the next several quarters if the economy continues to weaken. The Company
has filed a lawsuit to recover the $5.1 million loan amount, accrued interest
and costs from one borrower and his related entities. The complaint also alleges
that the securities in the account collateralizing a $4 million secured loan may
not be recoverable, and the Company has named as an additional
defendant, the securities firm that held the securities collateral
account. Due to a substantial problem with the validity of the
collateral for the majority of the debt and the bankruptcy filing of the
borrower, the Company does not expect a quick resolution to this
issue.
The
allowance for loan losses represented 2.00%, 1.18% and 1.31% of total loans at
December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. See “Allowance for Loan Losses”
for additional information.
29
Noninterest
Income
The
following table sets forth the various components of the Company’s noninterest
income:
Noninterest
Income
|
Increase
(decrease)
|
Increase
(decrease)
|
|||||||||||||||||||
Year
Ended December 31,
|
2008
versus 2007
|
2007
versus 2006
|
||||||||||||||||||
2008
|
2007
|
2006
|
Amount
|
Percent
|
Amount
|
Percent
|
||||||||||||||
(Dollars
in thousands)
|
||||||||||||||||||||
Service
charges and fees on deposit accounts
|
$ | 2,007 | $ | 1,284 | $ | 1,335 | $ | 723 | 56% | $ | (51) | -4% | ||||||||
Servicing
income
|
1,790 | 2,181 | 1,860 | (391) | -18% | 321 | 17% | |||||||||||||
Increase
in cash surrender value of life insurance
|
1,645 | 1,443 | 1,439 | 202 | 14% | 4 | 0% | |||||||||||||
Gain
on sale of SBA loans
|
- | 1,766 | 3,337 | (1,766) | -100% | (1,571) | -47% | |||||||||||||
Gain
on sale Capital Group loan portfolio
|
- | - | 671 | - | N/A | (671) | -100% | |||||||||||||
Other
|
1,349 | 1,378 | 1,198 | (29) | -2% | 180 | 15% | |||||||||||||
Total
|
$ | 6,791 | $ | 8,052 | $ | 9,840 | $ | (1,261) | -16% | $ | (1,788) | -18% | ||||||||
Historically,
a significant percentage of the Company’s noninterest income has been associated
with its SBA lending activity, as gain on the sale of loans sold in the
secondary market and servicing income from loans sold with servicing rights
retained. However, beginning in the third quarter of 2007, the
Company changed its strategy regarding its SBA loan business by retaining new
SBA production in lieu of selling the loans. Reflecting the strategic shift to
retain SBA loan production, there were no gains from sale of loans in 2008 and
servicing income will continue to decline on a comparative basis. The reduction
in noninterest income should be offset in future years with higher interest
income, as a result of retaining SBA loan production.
Service
charges and fees on deposit accounts were higher during 2008 compared to 2007,
due to higher fees from accounts on analysis as a result of lower interest rates
and fewer waived fees. Lower interest rates generally result in lower earnings
credits and higher net fees for services provided to clients.
The
decrease in noninterest income in 2007 compared to 2006 was primarily
attributable to a $2.2 million decrease in gain on sale of loans (including SBA
and Capital Group loans). The net gain on sale of SBA loans was $1.8
million for 2007, compared to $3.3 million for 2006.
When the
Company sold its SBA loan production in 2007 and 2006, gains or losses on SBA
loans held for sale were recognized upon completion of the sale, based on the
difference between the net sales proceeds and the relative fair value of the
guaranteed portion of the loan sold compared to the relative fair value of the
unguaranteed portion. The servicing assets that resulted from the
sale of SBA loans, with servicing rights retained, are amortized over the
expected term of the loans using a method approximating the interest
method.
Noninterest
Expense
The
following table sets forth the various components of the Company’s noninterest
expense:
Noninterest
Expense
Increase
(decrease)
|
Increase
(decrease)
|
|||||||||||||||||||||
Year
Ended December 31,
|
2008
versus 2007
|
2007
versus 2006
|
||||||||||||||||||||
2008
|
2007
|
2006
|
Amount
|
Percent
|
Amount
|
Percent
|
||||||||||||||||
(Dollars
in thousands)
|
||||||||||||||||||||||
Salaries
and employee benefits
|
$ | 22,624 | $ | 21,160 | $ | 19,414 | $ | 1,464 | 7 | % | $ | 1,746 | 9% | |||||||||
Occupancy
|
3,808 | 3,557 | 3,110 | 251 | 7 | % | 447 | 14% | ||||||||||||||
Professional
fees
|
2,954 | 2,342 | 1,688 | 612 | 26 | % | 654 | 39% | ||||||||||||||
Data
processing
|
1,021 | 867 | 806 | 154 | 18 | % | 61 | 8% | ||||||||||||||
Software
subscription
|
940 | 831 | 699 | 109 | 13 | % | 132 | 19% | ||||||||||||||
Advertising
and promotion
|
882 | 1,092 | 1,064 | (210) | -19 | % | 28 | 3% | ||||||||||||||
Low
income housing investment losses
|
865 | 828 | 995 | 37 | 4 | % | (167) | -17% | ||||||||||||||
Furniture
and equipment
|
815 | 638 | 517 | 177 | 28 | % | 121 | 23% | ||||||||||||||
Client
services
|
802 | 820 | 1,000 | (18) | -2 | % | (180) | -18% | ||||||||||||||
Amortization
of intangible assets
|
741 | 352 | - | 389 | 111 | % | 352 | N/A | ||||||||||||||
Retirement
plan expense
|
225 | 274 | 352 | (49) | -18 | % | (78) | -22% | ||||||||||||||
Other
|
6,715 | 4,769 | 4,623 | 1,946 | 41 | % | 146 | 3% | ||||||||||||||
Total
|
$ | 42,392 | $ | 37,530 | $ | 34,268 | $ | 4,862 | 13 | % | $ | 3,262 | 10% | |||||||||
30
The
following table indicates the percentage of noninterest expense in each
category:
Noninterest
Expense by Category
2008
|
2007
|
2006
|
|||||||||||||||||
Percent
|
Percent
|
Percent
|
|||||||||||||||||
Amount
|
of
Total
|
Amount
|
of
Total
|
Amount
|
of
Total
|
||||||||||||||
(Dollars
in thousands)
|
|||||||||||||||||||
Salaries
and employee benefits
|
$ | 22,624 | 53% | $ | 21,160 | 56% | $ | 19,414 | 57 | % | |||||||||
Occupancy
|
3,808 | 9% | 3,557 | 10% | 3,110 | 9 | % | ||||||||||||
Professional
fees
|
2,954 | 7% | 2,342 | 6% | 1,688 | 5 | % | ||||||||||||
Data
processing
|
1,021 | 2% | 867 | 2% | 806 | 2 | % | ||||||||||||
Software
subscription
|
940 | 2% | 831 | 2% | 699 | 2 | % | ||||||||||||
Advertising
and promotion
|
882 | 2% | 1,092 | 3% | 1,064 | 3 | % | ||||||||||||
Low
income housing investment losses
|
865 | 2% | 828 | 2% | 995 | 3 | % | ||||||||||||
Furniture
and equipment
|
815 | 2% | 638 | 2% | 517 | 1 | % | ||||||||||||
Client
services
|
802 | 2% | 820 | 2% | 1,000 | 3 | % | ||||||||||||
Amortization
of intangible assets
|
741 | 2% | 352 | 1% | - | 0 | % | ||||||||||||
Retirement
plan expense
|
225 | 1% | 274 | 1% | 352 | 1 | % | ||||||||||||
Other
|
6,715 | 16% | 4,769 | 13% | 4,623 | 14 | % | ||||||||||||
Total
|
$ | 42,392 | 100% | $ | 37,530 | 100% | $ | 34,268 | 100 | % | |||||||||
Salaries
and employee benefits is the single largest component of noninterest
expenses. Salaries and employee benefits increased $1.5 million for
2008, compared to 2007, primarily due to the full year impact from the
acquisition of DVB, opening a new branch in Walnut Creek, and the Company hiring
a number of experienced bankers. Full-time equivalent employees were
225 at December 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007 and 196 at December 31,
2006.
Occupancy,
furniture and equipment increased $428,000 in 2008 compared to
2007. The increase in 2008 was a result of the write-off of leasehold
improvements in the third quarter of 2008 due to the consolidation of our two
offices in Los Altos and the full year impact of the acquisition of DVB and the
opening of our Walnut Creek office in August 2007.
Professional
fees increased $612,000 for 2008, compared to 2007, primarily due to the full
year impact of the acquisition of DVB, and legal services related to our
recovery efforts of $5.1 million of defaulted loans from one borrower and his
related entities.
Amortization
of intangible assets and other expense increased in 2008 primarily due to the
full year impact of the acquisition of DVB.
Other
operating expenses increased in 2008 due to the full year impact of the
acquisition of DVB, higher regulatory assessments, and an increase in OREO
expense. The FDIC insurance assessment increased $562,000 in 2008.
Noninterest
expense increased $3.3 million, or 10%, in 2007 compared to 2006. The increase
in compensation expense was primarily due to the acquisition of Diablo Valley
Bank and the Company hiring a number of experienced bankers during 2007. Salary
and severance benefits for former Diablo Valley Bank employees totaled $461,000.
Up-front costs associated with the hiring of new bankers for the East Bay
expansion and SBA teams totaled $970,000 in 2007.
Income
Tax Expense
The
Company computes its provision for income taxes on a monthly
basis. As indicated in Note 9 to the Consolidated Financial
Statements, the effective tax rate is determined by applying the Company’s
statutory income tax rates to pre-tax book income as adjusted for permanent
differences between pre-tax book income and actual taxable
income. These permanent differences include, but are not limited to,
tax-exempt interest income, increases in the cash surrender value of life
insurance policies, California Enterprise Zone deductions, certain expenses that
are not allowed as tax deductions, and tax credits.
The
Company’s federal and state income tax benefit in 2008 was $1.4 million, as
compared to income tax expense of $8.1 million and $9.2 million in 2007 and
2006, respectively. The negative effective income tax rate for the
year ended December 31, 2008 was due to reduced pre-tax earnings. The
effective income tax rates for the years ended 2007 and 2006 were 36.6% and
34.8%, respectively. The difference in the effective tax rate compared to the
combined federal and state statutory tax rate of 42% is primarily the result of
the Company’s investment in life insurance policies whose earnings are not
subject to taxes, tax credits related to investments in low income housing
limited partnerships and investments in tax-free municipal
securities. The effective tax rates in 2008 are lower compared to
2007 and 2006 because pre-tax income decreased substantially while benefits from
tax advantaged investments did not.
Tax-exempt
interest income is generated primarily by the Company’s investments in state,
county and municipal loans and securities, which provided $263,000 in federal
tax-exempt income in 2008 and $181,000 in 2007 and $182,000 in
2006. Although not reflected in the investment portfolio, the Company
also has total investments of $6.4 million in low-income housing limited
partnerships as of December 31, 2008. These investments have
generated annual tax credits of approximately $1.1 million in 2008 and 2007 and
$1.0 million in 2006. The investments are expected to generate an
additional $5.2 million in aggregate tax credits from 2009 through 2016;
however, the amount of the credits are dependent upon the occupancy level of the
housing projects and income of the tenants and cannot be projected with
certainty.
Some
items of income and expense are recognized in different years for tax purposes
than when applying generally accepted accounting principles, leading to timing
differences between the Company’s actual tax liability and the amount accrued
for this liability based on book income. These temporary differences
comprise the “deferred” portion of the Company’s tax expense, which is
accumulated on the Company’s books as a deferred tax asset or deferred tax
liability until such time as they reverse. At the end of 2008, the
Company had a net deferred tax asset of $17.3 million.
31
Financial
Condition
|
As of
December 31, 2008, total assets were $1.5 billion, an increase of 11% from $1.3
billion at year-end 2007. Total securities available-for-sale
(at fair value) were $104.5 million, a decrease of 23% from $135.4 million at
year-end 2007. The total loan portfolio was $1.2 billion, an increase
of 20% from $1.0 billion at year-end 2007. Total deposits were $1.2
billion, an increase of 8% from $1.1 billion at year-end
2007. Securities sold under agreement to repurchase increased $24.1
million, or 221%, to $35.0 million at December 31, 2008, from $10.9 million at
year-end 2007.
Securities
Portfolio
The
following table reflects the estimated fair value for each category of
securities for the past three years.
Investment
Portfolio
December
31,
|
|||||||||||
2008
|
2007
|
2006
|
|||||||||
Securities
available-for-sale (at fair value)
|
(Dollars
in thousands)
|
||||||||||
U.S.
Treasury
|
$ | 19,496 | $ | 4,991 | $ | 5,963 | |||||
U.S.
Government Sponsored Entities
|
8,696 | 35,803 | 59,396 | ||||||||
Municipals
- Tax Exempt
|
701 | 4,114 | 8,142 | ||||||||
Mortgage-Backed
Securities
|
69,036 | 83,046 | 90,186 | ||||||||
Collateralized
Mortgage Obligations
|
6,546 | 7,448 | 8,611 | ||||||||
Total
|
$ | 104,475 | $ | 135,402 | $ | 172,298 | |||||
The
following table summarizes the maturities and weighted average yields of
securities as of December 31, 2008:
December
31, 2008
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Maturity
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
After
One and
|
After
Five and
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Within
One Year
|
Within
Five Years
|
Within
Ten Years
|
After
Ten Years
|
Total
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||
Amount
|
Yield
|
Amount
|
Yield
|
Amount
|
Yield
|
Amount
|
Yield
|
Amount
|
Yield
|
||||||||||||||||||||
Securities
available-for-sale (at fair value):
|
(Dollars
in thousands)
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
U.S.
Treasury
|
$ | 19,496 | 1.68% | $ | - | - | $ | - | - | $ | - | - | $ | 19,496 | 1.68% | ||||||||||||||
U.S.
Government Sponsored Entities
|
8,696 | 4.99% | - | - | - | - | - | - | 8,696 | 4.99% | |||||||||||||||||||
Municipals
- Tax Exempt
|
701 | 3.88% | - | - | - | - | - | - | 701 | 3.88% | |||||||||||||||||||
Mortgage
Backed Securities
|
1,390 | 2.90% | 44,663 | 4.22% | 16,193 | 5.10% | 6,790 | 5.29% | 69,036 | 4.50% | |||||||||||||||||||
Collateralized
Mortgage Obligations
|
- | - | 6,546 | 4.81% | - | - | - | - | 6,546 | 4.81% | |||||||||||||||||||
Total
|
$ | 30,283 | 2.74% | $ | 51,209 | 4.29% | $ | 16,193 | 5.10% | $ | 6,790 | 5.29% | $ | 104,475 | 4.03% | ||||||||||||||
The
securities portfolio is the second largest component of the Company’s interest
earning assets, and the structure and composition of this portfolio is important
to any analysis of the financial condition of the Company. The
portfolio serves the following purposes: (i) it can be readily
reduced in size to provide liquidity for loan balance increases or deposit
decreases; (ii) it provides a source of pledged assets for securing certain
deposits and borrowed funds, as may be required by law or by specific agreement
with a depositor or lender; (iii) it can be used as an interest rate risk
management tool, since it provides a large base of assets, the maturity and
interest rate characteristics of which can be changed more readily than the loan
portfolio to better match changes in the deposit base and other funding sources
of the Company; (iv) it is an alternative interest-earning use of funds when
loan demand is weak or when deposits grow more rapidly than loans; and (v) it
can enhance the Company’s tax position by providing partially tax exempt
income.
The
Company’s securities are all currently classified under existing accounting
rules as “available-for-sale” to allow flexibility for the management of the
portfolio. FASB Statement 115 requires available-for-sale securities
to be marked to fair value with an offset to accumulated other comprehensive
income, a component of shareholders’ equity. Monthly adjustments are
made to reflect changes in the fair value of the Company’s available-for-sale
securities.
The
Company’s portfolio is currently composed primarily of: (i) U.S.
Treasury securities and Government sponsored entities’ debt securities for
liquidity and pledging; (ii) mortgage-backed securities, which in many instances
can also be used for pledging, and which generally enhance the yield of the
portfolio; (iii) municipal obligations, which provide tax free income and
limited pledging potential; and (iv) collateralized mortgage obligations, which
generally enhance the yield of the portfolio.
Except
for U.S. Treasury securities and debt obligations of U.S. Government sponsored
entities, no securities of a single issuer exceeded 10% of shareholders’ equity
at December 31, 2008. The Company has no direct exposure to so-called
subprime loans or securities, nor does it own any Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac
equity securities. The Company has not used interest rate swaps or
other derivative instruments to hedge fixed rate loans or securities to
otherwise mitigate interest rate risk.
Compared
to December 31, 2007, the securities portfolio declined by $30.9 million, or
23%, and decreased to 7% of total assets at December 31, 2008, from 10% at
December 31, 2007. U.S. Treasury securities and Government sponsored
entities’ debt securities decreased to 27% of the portfolio at December 31,
2008, from 30% at December 31, 2007. The decrease was primarily to
fund loan growth. The Company’s mortgage-backed securities and collateralized
mortgage obligations are issued by U.S. Government sponsored entities. These
securities were determined not to be “other than temporarily impaired” as of
December 31, 2008. The Company invests in securities with the available cash
based on market conditions and the Company’s cash flow.
32
Loans
The
Company’s loans represent the largest portion of earning assets, substantially
greater than the securities portfolio or any other asset category, and the
quality and diversification of the loan portfolio is an important consideration
when reviewing the Company’s financial condition.
Gross
loans represented 83% of total assets at December 31, 2008, as compared to 77%
of at December 31, 2007. The ratio of loans to deposits increased to
108% at the end of 2008 from 97% at the end of 2007.
The
Selected Financial Data table in Item 6 reflects the amount of loans outstanding
at December 31st for each year from 2004 through 2008, net of deferred fees and
origination costs and the allowance for loan losses. The Loan
Distribution table that follows sets forth the Company’s gross loans outstanding
and the percentage distribution in each category at the dates
indicated.
Loan
Distribution
|
December
31,
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
2008
|
%
to Total
|
2007
|
%
to Total
|
2006
|
%
to Total
|
2005
|
%
to Total
|
2004
|
%
to Total
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||
%(Dollars
in thousands)
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Commercial
|
$ | 525,080 | 42 | % | $ | 411,251 | 40 | % | $ | 284,093 | 40 | % | $ | 248,060 | 37 | % | $ | 296,030 | 41% | |||||||||||||||
Real
estate - mortgage
|
405,530 | 33 | % | 361,211 | 35 | % | 239,041 | 34 | % | 237,566 | 35 | % | 250,984 | 35% | ||||||||||||||||||||
Real
estate - land and construction
|
256,567 | 21 | % | 215,597 | 21 | % | 143,834 | 20 | % | 149,851 | 22 | % | 118,290 | 17% | ||||||||||||||||||||
Home
equity
|
55,490 | 4 | % | 44,187 | 4 | % | 38,976 | 6 | % | 41,772 | 6 | % | 52,170 | 7% | ||||||||||||||||||||
Consumer
|
4,310 | 0 | % | 3,044 | 0 | % | 2,422 | 0 | % | 1,721 | 0 | % | 2,908 | 0% | ||||||||||||||||||||
Loans
|
1,246,977 | 100 | % | 1,035,290 | 100 | % | 708,366 | 100 | % | 678,970 | 100 | % | 720,382 | 100% | ||||||||||||||||||||
Deferred
loan costs, net
|
1,654 | - | 1,175 | - | 870 | - | 1,155 | - | 726 | - | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total
loans, net of deferred costs
|
1,248,631 | 100 | % | 1,036,465 | 100 | % | 709,236 | 100 | % | 680,125 | 100 | % | 721,108 | 100% | ||||||||||||||||||||
Allowance
for loan losses
|
(25,007) | (12,218) | (9,279) | (10,224) | (12,497) | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Loans,
net
|
$ | 1,223,624 | $ | 1,024,247 | $ | 699,957 | $ | 669,901 | $ | 708,611 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
The
Company’s loan portfolio is concentrated in commercial, primarily manufacturing,
wholesale, and services and real estate, with the balance in land development
and construction and home equity and consumer loans. The loan
portfolio mix over the past five years has remained relatively the
same.
The
Company’s commercial loans are made for working capital, financing the purchase
of equipment or for other business purposes. Such loans include loans with
maturities ranging from thirty days to one year and “term loans,” with
maturities normally ranging from one to five years. Short-term business loans
are generally intended to finance current transactions and typically provide for
periodic principal payments, with interest payable monthly. Term loans normally
provide for floating interest rates, with monthly payments of both principal and
interest. The Company’s commercial loans are centered in
locally-oriented commercial activities in markets where the Company has a
physical presence, and these markets have become more competitive as business
activity has moderated.
The
Company is an active participant in the Small Business Administration (“SBA”)
and U.S. Department of Agriculture guaranteed lending programs, and has been
approved by the SBA as a lender under the Preferred Lender Program. The Company
regularly makes SBA-guaranteed loans. Prior to third quarter of 2007, the
guaranteed portion of these loans were sold in the secondary market depending on
market conditions. Once it was determined that these loans would be sold, the
loans were classified as held for sale and carried at the lower of cost or
market. When the guaranteed portion of an SBA loan was sold, the Company
retained the servicing rights for the sold portion. As of December
31, 2008, 2007, and 2006, $150 million, $177 million and $189 million,
respectively, in SBA and U.S. Department of Agriculture loans were serviced by
the Company for others. As previously discussed, beginning in the third quarter
of 2007, the Company changed its strategy regarding its SBA loan business by
retaining new SBA production in lieu of selling the loans.
As of
December 31, 2008, real estate mortgage loans of $406 million consist primarily
of adjustable and fixed rate loans secured by deeds of trust on commercial
property. Properties securing the commercial real estate mortgage loans are
primarily located in the Company’s market, which is the Greater San Francisco
Bay Area. Real estate values in the Greater San Francisco Bay Area
have declined significantly in the residential market in 2008, compared to 2007.
Other areas in California and the U.S. have experienced even greater declines.
While the commercial real estate market has not seen the same level of declines
as the residential market in the Greater San Francisco Bay Area, it has started
to decline. The Company’s borrowers will be impacted by a further
downturn in these sectors of the economy, which could adversely impact the
borrowers’ ability to repay their loans and reduce demand for
loans. Based on the general economic conditions, we anticipate our
borrowers will continue to be affected in 2009.
The
Company’s real estate term loans consist primarily of loans made based on the
borrower’s cash flow and are secured by deeds of trust on commercial and
residential property to provide a secondary source of repayment. The Company
generally restricts real estate term loans to no more than 80% of the property’s
appraised value or the purchase price of the property during the initial
underwriting of the credit, depending on the type of property and its
utilization. The Company offers both fixed and floating rate loans. Maturities
on such loans are generally between five and ten years (with amortization
ranging from fifteen to twenty-five years and a balloon payment due at
maturity); however, SBA and certain other real estate loans that can be sold in
the secondary market may be granted for longer maturities.
33
The
Company’s land and construction loans are primarily short term interim loans to
finance the development/construction of commercial and single family residential
properties. The Company utilizes underwriting guidelines to assess
the likelihood of repayment from sources such as sale of the property or
permanent mortgage financing prior to making the construction loan.
The
Company makes consumer loans for the purpose of financing automobiles, various
types of consumer goods, and other personal purposes. Additionally, the Company
makes home equity lines of credit available to its clientele. Consumer loans
generally provide for the monthly payment of principal and interest. Most of the
Company’s consumer loans are secured by the personal property being purchased
or, in the instances of home equity loans or lines, real property.
With
certain exceptions, state chartered banks are permitted to make extensions of
credit to any one borrowing entity up to 15% of the bank’s capital and reserves
for unsecured loans and up to 25% of the bank’s capital and reserves for secured
loans. For HBC, these lending limits were $33.2 million and $55.4
million at December 31, 2008, respectively.
Loan
Maturities
|
The
following table presents the maturity distribution of the Company’s loans as of
December 31, 2008. The table shows the distribution of such loans between those
loans with predetermined (fixed) interest rates and those with variable
(floating) interest rates. Floating rates generally fluctuate with changes in
the prime rate as reflected in the western edition of The Wall Street Journal.
As of December 31, 2008, approximately 74% of the Company’s loan portfolio
consisted of floating interest rate loans.
Loan
Maturities
Over
One
|
|||||||||||||||
Due
in
|
Year
But
|
||||||||||||||
One
Year
|
Less
than
|
Over
|
|||||||||||||
or
Less
|
Five
Years
|
Five
Years
|
Total
|
||||||||||||
(Dollars
in thousands)
|
|||||||||||||||
Commercial
|
$ | 475,953 | $ | 36,684 | $ | 12,443 | $ | 525,080 | |||||||
Real
estate - mortgage
|
145,509 | 189,748 | 70,273 | 405,530 | |||||||||||
Real
estate - land and construction
|
239,038 | 17,529 | - | 256,567 | |||||||||||
Home
equity
|
51,077 | 220 | 4,193 | 55,490 | |||||||||||
Consumer
|
3,770 | 540 | - | 4,310 | |||||||||||
Loans
|
$ | 915,347 | $ | 244,721 | $ | 86,909 | $ | 1,246,977 | |||||||
Loans
with variable interest rates
|
$ | 837,013 | $ | 73,535 | $ | 6,401 | $ | 916,949 | |||||||
Loans
with fixed interest rates
|
78,334 | 171,186 | 80,508 | 330,028 | |||||||||||
Loans
|
$ | 915,347 | $ | 244,721 | $ | 86,909 | $ | 1,246,977 | |||||||
Nonperforming
Assets
Financial
institutions generally have a certain level of exposure to credit quality risk,
and could potentially receive less than a full return of principal and interest
if a debtor becomes unable or unwilling to repay. Since loans are the
most significant assets of the Company and generate the largest portion of its
revenues, the Company’s management of credit quality risk is focused primarily
on loan quality. Banks have generally suffered their most severe
earnings declines as a result of customers’ inability to generate sufficient
cash flow to service their debts, and/or as a result of the downturns in
national and regional economies which have brought about declines in overall
property values. In addition, certain debt securities that the
Company may purchase have the potential of declining in value if the obligor’s
financial capacity to repay deteriorates.
To help
minimize credit quality concerns, we have established a sound approach to credit
that includes well-defined goals and objectives and well-documented credit
policies and procedures. The policies and procedures identify market
segments, set goals for portfolio growth or contraction, and establish limits on
industry and geographic credit concentrations. In addition, these
policies establish the Company’s underwriting standards and the methods of
monitoring ongoing credit quality. The Company’s internal credit risk
controls are centered in underwriting practices, credit granting procedures,
training, risk management techniques, and familiarity with loan customers as
well as the relative diversity and geographic concentration of our loan
portfolio.
The
Company’s credit risk may also be affected by external factors such as the level
of interest rates, employment, general economic conditions, real estate values,
and trends in particular industries or geographic markets. As a
multi-community independent bank serving a specific geographic area, the Company
must contend with the unpredictable changes of both the general California and,
particularly, primary local markets. The Company’s asset quality has
suffered in the past from the impact of national and regional economic
recessions, consumer bankruptcies, and depressed real estate
values.
Nonperforming
assets are comprised of the following: Loans for which the Company is no longer
accruing interest; loans 90 days or more past due and still accruing interest
(although they are generally placed on non-accrual when they become 90 days past
due, unless they are both well secured and in the process of collection); loans
restructured where the terms of repayment have been renegotiated, resulting in a
deferral of interest or principal; and other real estate owned (“OREO”) from
foreclosures. Management’s classification of a loan as “non-accrual”
is an indication that there is reasonable doubt as to the full recovery of
principal or interest on the loan. At that point, the Company stops
accruing interest income, reverses any uncollected interest that had been
accrued as income, and begins recognizing interest income only as cash interest
payments are received as long as the collection of all outstanding principal is
not in doubt. The loans may or may not be collateralized, and
collection efforts are continuously pursued. Loans may be
restructured by management when a borrower has experienced some change in
financial status causing an inability to meet the original repayment terms and
where the Company believes the borrower will eventually overcome those
circumstances and make full restitution. OREO consists of properties
acquired by foreclosure or similar means that management is offering or will
offer for sale.
34
The
following table provides information with respect to components of the Company’s
nonperforming assets at the dates indicated.
Nonperforming
Assets
|
December
31,
|
|||||||||||||||
2008
|
2007
|
2006
|
2005
|
2004
|
|||||||||||
(Dollars
in thousands)
|
|||||||||||||||
Nonaccrual
loans
|
$ | 39,981 | $ | 3,363 | $ | 3,866 | $ | 3,672 | $ | 1,028 | |||||
Loans
90 days past due and still accruing
|
460 | 101 | 451 | - | 302 | ||||||||||
Total
nonperforming loans
|
40,441 | 3,464 | 4,317 | 3,672 | 1,330 | ||||||||||
Other
real estate owned
|
660 | 1,062 | - | - | - | ||||||||||
Total
nonperforming assets
|
$ | 41,101 | $ | 4,526 | $ | 4,317 | $ | 3,672 | $ | 1,330 | |||||
Nonperforming
assets as a percentage of
|
|||||||||||||||
loans
plus other real estate owned
|
3.30% | 0.44% | 0.61% | 0.54% | 0.18% |
Primarily
due to the general economic slowdown and a softening in the real estate market,
which is expected to continue well into 2009, nonperforming assets at December
31, 2008 increased $36.6 million from December 31, 2007 levels. The
increase in nonperforming assets in 2008 was primarily in land and construction
loans and commercial loans.
Nonperforming
assets increased by $0.2 million, or 5%, in 2007 as compared to
2006.
Allowance
for Loan Losses
The
allowance for loan losses is an estimate of the losses in our loan
portfolio. The allowance is based on two basic principles of
accounting: (1) Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“Statement”) No. 5
“Accounting for Contingencies,” which requires that losses be accrued when they
are probable of occurring and estimable and (2) Statement No. 114, “Accounting
by Creditors for Impairment of a Loan,” which requires that losses be accrued
based on the differences between the impaired loan balance and value of
collateral, if the loan is collateral dependent, or present value of future cash
flows or values that are observable in the secondary market.
Management
conducts a critical evaluation of the loan portfolio at least quarterly. This
evaluation includes periodic loan by loan review for certain loans to evaluate
the level of impairment, as well as reviews of other loans (either individually
or in pools) based on an assessment of the following factors: past loan loss
experience, known and inherent risks in the portfolio, adverse situations that
may affect the borrower’s ability to repay, collateral values, loan volumes and
concentrations, size and complexity of the loans, recent loss experience in
particular segments of the portfolio, bank regulatory examination and
independent loan review results, and current economic conditions in the
Company’s marketplace, in particular the state of the technology industry and
the real estate market. This process attempts to assess the
risk of loss inherent in the portfolio by segregating loans into the following
categories for purposes of determining an appropriate level of the allowance:
loans graded “Pass through Special Mention,” “Substandard,” and “Substandard
Non-Accrual”, “Doubtful” and “Loss”.
Loans are
charged against the allowance when management believes that the uncollectibility
of the loan balance is confirmed. The Company’s methodology for assessing the
appropriateness of the allowance consists of several key elements, which include
the formula allowance and specific allowances.
Specific
allowances are established for impaired loans. Management considers a
loan to be impaired when it is probable that the Company will be unable to
collect all amounts due according to the original contractual terms of the note
agreement. When a loan is considered to be impaired, the amount of impairment is
measured based on the fair value of the collateral if the loan is collateral
dependent, less costs to sell, or on the present value of expected future cash
flows.
The
formula portion of the allowance is calculated by applying loss factors to pools
of outstanding loans. Loss factors are based on the Company's historical loss
experience, adjusted for significant factors that, in management's judgment,
affect the collectability of the portfolio as of the evaluation date. The
adjustment factors for the formula allowance may include existing general
economic and business conditions affecting the key lending areas of the Company,
in particular the real estate market, credit quality trends, collateral values,
loan volumes and concentrations, the technology industry and specific industry
conditions within portfolio segments, recent loss experience in particular
segments of the portfolio, duration of the current business cycle, and bank
regulatory examination results. The evaluation of the inherent loss with respect
to these conditions is subject to a higher degree of uncertainty.
Loans
that demonstrate a weakness, for which there is a possibility of loss if the
weakness is not corrected, are categorized as “classified.” Classified loans
include all loans considered as substandard, substandard non-accrual, doubtful,
and loss and may result from problems specific to a borrower’s business or from
economic downturns that affect the borrower’s ability to repay or that cause a
decline in the value of the underlying collateral (particularly real
estate). The principal balance of classified loans was $134.7
million, $25.2 million, and $24.5 million, at December 31, 2008, 2007, and 2006,
respectively. Ninety-six percent of the classified loans at December
31, 2008 were internally graded as substandard or substandard non-accrual. All
classified loans at year-end 2007 and 2006 were graded substandard or
substandard non-accrual. The $109.5 million increase in classified loans during
2008 consists of $64.8 million in land and construction loans, $33.1 million in
commercial loans, $6.8 million in commercial real estate loans, $4.0 million
loans to one borrower and his related entities, and $0.8 million in other loans.
With a continuing downturn in the economic environment, the level of classified
loans will continue to feel pressure.
35
In
adjusting the historical loss factors applied to the respective segments of the
loan portfolio, management considered the following factors:
·
|
Levels
and trends in delinquencies, non-accruals, charge offs and
recoveries
|
·
|
Trends
in volume and loan terms
|
·
|
Lending
policy or procedural changes
|
·
|
Experience,
ability, and depth of lending management and
staff
|
·
|
National
and local economic trends and
conditions
|
·
|
Concentrations
of Credit
|
There can
be no assurance that the adverse impact of any of these conditions on HBC will
not be in excess of the current level of estimated losses.
It is the
policy of management to maintain the allowance for loan losses at a level
adequate for risks inherent in the loan portfolio. On an ongoing
basis, we have engaged outside firms to independently assess our methodology and
perform independent credit reviews of our loan portfolio. The
Company’s credit review consultants, the FRB, FDIC and the DFI also review the
allowance for loan losses as an integral part of the examination
process. Based on information currently available to analyze loan
loss delinquency and a history of actual charge-offs, management believes that
the loan loss allowance is adequate. However, the loan portfolio can be
adversely affected if California economic conditions and the real estate market
in the Company’s market area were to continue to weaken. Also, any weakness of a
prolonged nature in the technology industry would have a negative impact on the
local market. The effect of such events, although uncertain at this time, could
result in an increase in the level of nonperforming loans and increased loan
losses, which could adversely affect the Company’s future growth and
profitability. No assurance of the ultimate level of credit losses can be given
with any certainty.
The
following table summarizes the Company’s loan loss experience, as well as
provisions and charges to the allowance for loan losses and certain pertinent
ratios for the periods indicated:
Allowance
for Loan Losses
|
2008
|
2007
|
2006
|
2005
|
2004
|
|||||||||||||
(Dollars
in thousands)
|
|||||||||||||||||
Balance,
beginning of year
|
$ | 12,218 | $ | 9,279 | $ | 10,224 | $ | 12,497 | $ | 13,451 | |||||||
Charge-offs:
|
|||||||||||||||||
Commercial
|
(2,731) | (84) | (291) | (3,273) | (2,901) | ||||||||||||
Real
estate - mortgage
|
- | - | - | - | - | ||||||||||||
Real
estate - land and construction
|
(75) | - | - | - | - | ||||||||||||
Home
equity
|
- | (20) | (540) | - | - | ||||||||||||
Consumer
|
- | - | - | - | - | ||||||||||||
Total
charge-offs
|
(2,806) | (104) | (831) | (3,273) | (2,901) | ||||||||||||
Recoveries:
|
|||||||||||||||||
Commercial
|
49 | 929 | 389 | 1,358 | 1,562 | ||||||||||||
Real
estate - mortgage
|
- | - | - | - | - | ||||||||||||
Real
estate - land and construction
|
9 | - | - | - | - | ||||||||||||
Home
equity
|
- | - | - | - | - | ||||||||||||
Consumer
|
- | - | - | - | - | ||||||||||||
Total
recoveries
|
58 | 929 | 389 | 1,358 | 1,562 | ||||||||||||
Net
recoveries (charge-offs)
|
(2,748) | 825 | (442) | (1,915) | (1,339) | ||||||||||||
Provision
for loan losses
|
15,537 | (11) | (503) | 313 | 666 | ||||||||||||
Reclassification
of allowance for loan losses
|
- | - | - | (671) |
(1)
|
- | |||||||||||
Reclassification
to other liabilities
|
- | - | - | - | (1) | (281) |
(2)
|
||||||||||
Allowance
acquired in bank acquisition
|
- | 2,125 | - | - | - | ||||||||||||
Balance,
end of year
|
$ | 25,007 | $ | 12,218 | $ | 9,279 | $ | 10,224 | $ | 12,497 | |||||||
RATIOS:
|
|||||||||||||||||
Net
charge-offs to average loans *
|
0.23% | -0.10% | 0.06% | 0.28% | 0.19% | ||||||||||||
Allowance
for loan losses to total loans *
|
2.00% | 1.18% | 1.31% | 1.51% | 1.73% | ||||||||||||
Allowance
for loan losses to nonperforming loans
|
62% | 353% | 215% | 278% | 940% |
*
Average loans and total loans exclude loans held for
sale
|
(1)
|
The
Company reclassified $0.7 million of the allowance allocated to $32
million of commercial asset based loans that were reclassified to loans
held-for-sale as of December 31, 2005. Thus, the carrying value
of these loans held-for-sale includes an allowance for loan losses of $0.7
million.
|
(2)
|
The
Company reclassified estimated losses on unused commitments of $0.3
million to other liabilities as of December 31,
2004.
|
36
The
Company’s allowance for loan losses increased $12.8 million in 2008. The
increase in the provision for loan losses in 2008 was primarily due to $5.1
million of estimated losses on loans to one borrower and his related entities in
the second quarter, $212 million in loan growth, and additional risk in the loan
portfolio reflected in an increase of $37.0 million in nonperforming loans from
2007. The Company had $2.8 million in charge-offs in 2008, which were
nominally offset by loan by recoveries of $58,000.
Net loans
charged-off reflects the realization of losses in the portfolio that were
recognized previously through provisions for loan losses. Net
charge-offs were $2.7 million in 2008, compared to net recoveries of $0.8
million in 2007, and net charge-off of $0.4 million in
2006. Historical net loan charge-offs are not necessarily indicative
of the amount of net charge-offs that the Company will realize in the
future.
The
Company’s unallocated allowance was $1.4 million as of December 31, 2008 and
2007. The unallocated component of the allowance is maintained to
cover uncertainties that could affect management's estimate of probable
losses.
The
following table provides a summary of the allocation of the allowance for loan
losses for specific categories at the dates indicated. The allocation
presented should not be interpreted as an indication that charges to the
allowance for loan losses will be incurred in these amounts or proportions, or
that the portion of the allowance allocated to each category represents the
total amount available for charge-offs that may occur within these
categories.
Allocation
of Loan Loss Allowance
|
December
31,
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||
2008
|
2007
|
2006
|
2005
|
2004
|
|||||||||||||||||||||
Percent
|
Percent
|
Percent
|
Percent
|
Percent
|
|||||||||||||||||||||
of
Loans
|
of
Loans
|
of
Loans
|
of
Loans
|
of
Loans
|
|||||||||||||||||||||
in
each
|
in
each
|
in
each
|
in
each
|
in
each
|
|||||||||||||||||||||
category
|
category
|
category
|
category
|
category
|
|||||||||||||||||||||
to
total
|
to
total
|
to
total
|
to
total
|
to
total
|
|||||||||||||||||||||
Allowance
|
loans
|
Allowance
|
loans
|
Allowance
|
loans
|
Allowance
|
loans
|
Allowance
|
loans
|
||||||||||||||||
(Dollars
in thousands)
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||
Commercial
|
$ | 13,913 | 42% | $ | 6,067 | 40% | $ | 4,872 | 40% | $ | 4,199 | 37% | $ | 8,691 | 41% | ||||||||||
Real
estate - mortgage
|
4,261 | 33% | 2,416 | 35% | 1,507 | 34% | 2,631 | 35% | 1,498 | 35% | |||||||||||||||
Real
estate - land and construction
|
5,014 | 21% | 1,923 | 21% | 1,243 | 20% | 1,914 | 22% | 1,711 | 17% | |||||||||||||||
Home
equity
|
367 | 4% | 335 | 4% | 244 | 6% | 300 | 6% | 173 | 7% | |||||||||||||||
Consumer
|
47 | 0% | 88 | 0% | 24 | 0% | 33 | 0% | 38 | 0% | |||||||||||||||
Unallocated
|
1,405 | N/A | 1,389 | N/A | 1,389 | N/A | 1,147 | N/A | 386 | N/A | |||||||||||||||
Total
|
$ | 25,007 | 100% | $ | 12,218 | 100% | $ | 9,279 | 100% | $ | 10,224 | 100% | $ | 12,497 | 100% | ||||||||||
Deposits
The
composition and cost of the Company’s deposit base are important components in
analyzing the Company’s net interest margin and balance sheet liquidity
characteristics, both of which are discussed in greater detail in other sections
herein. Our net interest margin is improved to the extent that growth
in deposits can be concentrated in historically lower-cost deposits such as
non-interest-bearing demand accounts, NOW accounts, savings accounts and money
market deposit accounts. The Company’s liquidity is impacted by the
volatility of deposits or other funding instruments or, in other words, by the
propensity of that money to leave the institution for rate-related or other
reasons. Deposits can be adversely affected if economic conditions in
California, and the Company’s market area in particular, continue to
weaken. Potentially, the most volatile deposits in a financial
institution are jumbo certificates of deposit, meaning time deposits with
balances that equal or exceed $100,000, as customers with balances of that
magnitude are typically more rate-sensitive than customers with smaller
balances.
The
following table summarizes the distribution of deposits and the percentage of
distribution in each category of deposits for the periods
indicated:
Deposits
|
Years
Ended December 31,
|
|||||||||||||||
2008
|
2007
|
2006
|
|||||||||||||
Balance
|
%
to Total
|
Balance
|
%
to Total
|
Balance
|
%
to Total
|
||||||||||
(Dollars
in thousands)
|
|||||||||||||||
Demand,
noninterest bearing
|
$ | 261,337 | 22% | $ | 268,005 | 25% | $ | 231,841 | 27% | ||||||
Demand,
interest bearing
|
134,814 | 12% | 150,527 | 14% | 133,413 | 16% | |||||||||
Savings
and money market
|
344,767 | 30% | 432,293 | 41% | 307,266 | 36% | |||||||||
Time
deposits, under $100
|
45,615 | 4% | 34,092 | 3% | 31,097 | 4% | |||||||||
Time
deposits, $100 and over
|
171,269 | 15% | 139,562 | 13% | 111,017 | 13% | |||||||||
Brokered
deposits
|
196,248 | 17% | 39,747 | 4% | 31,959 | 4% | |||||||||
Total
deposits
|
$ | 1,154,050 | 100% | $ | 1,064,226 | 100% | $ | 846,593 | 100% | ||||||
The
Company obtains deposits from a cross-section of the communities it serves. The
Company’s business is not generally seasonal in nature. The Company is not
dependent upon funds from sources outside the United States. At
December 31, 2008 and 2007, less than 4% and 1% of deposits were from public
sources, respectively.
The
decreases in savings and money market deposits were primarily due to lower
balances in title insurance company, escrow, and real estate exchange
facilitators’ accounts. At December 31, 2008, title insurance
company, escrow, and real estate exchange facilitators’ accounts decreased $51.6
million, or 48% compared to December 31, 2007.
37
The
following table indicates the maturity schedule of the Company’s time deposits
of $100,000 or more as of December 31, 2008:
Deposit
Maturity Distribution
|
Balance
|
%
of Total
|
||||
(Dollars
in thousands)
|
|||||
Three
months or less
|
$ | 130,132 | 36% | ||
Over
three months through six months
|
62,544 | 17% | |||
Over
six months through twelve months
|
86,745 | 25% | |||
Over
twelve months
|
79,155 | 22% | |||
Total
|
$ | 358,576 | 100% | ||
The
Company focuses primarily on providing and servicing business deposit accounts
that are frequently over $100,000 in average balance per
account. As a result, certain types of business clients that
the Company serves typically carry average deposits in excess of $100,000. The
account activity for some account types and client types necessitates
appropriate liquidity management practices by the Company to ensure its ability
to fund deposit withdrawals.
Return
on Equity and Assets
The
following table indicates the ratios for return on average assets and average
equity, dividend payout, and average equity to average assets for 2008 2007 and
2006:
2008
|
2007
|
2006
|
|||||
Return
on average assets
|
0.12% | 1.18% | 1.57% | ||||
Return
on average tangible assets
|
0.13% | 1.21% | 1.57% | ||||
Return
on average equity
|
1.15% | 9.47% | 14.62% | ||||
Return
on average tangible equity
|
1.67% | 11.43% | 14.62% | ||||
Dividend
payout ratio (1)
|
253.42% | 23.06% | 13.65% | ||||
Average
equity to average assets ratio
|
10.52% | 12.47% | 10.75% |
(1)
Percentage is calculated based on dividends paid divided by net income available
to common shareholders.
Off-Balance
Sheet Arrangements
In the
normal course of business, the Company makes commitments to extend credit to its
customers as long as there are no violations of any conditions established in
contractual arrangements. These commitments are obligations that represent a
potential credit risk to the Company, yet are not reflected in any form within
the Company’s consolidated balance sheets. Total unused commitments to extend
credit were $436.6 million at December 31, 2008, as compared to $465.3 million
at December 31, 2007. Unused commitments represented 35% and 45% of
outstanding gross loans at December 31, 2008 and 2007,
respectively.
The
effect on the Company’s revenues, expenses, cash flows and liquidity from the
unused portion of the commitments to provide credit cannot be reasonably
predicted, because there is no certainty that the lines of credit will ever be
fully utilized. For more information regarding the Company’s off-balance sheet
arrangements, see Note 14 to the financial statements located elsewhere
herein.
The
following table presents the Company’s commitments to extend credit as of
December 31, 2008, 2007, and 2006:
December
31,
|
|||||||||
|
2008
|
2007
|
2006
|
||||||
(Dollars in
thousands)
|
|||||||||
Commitments
to extend credit
|
$ | 414,312 | $ | 444,172 | $ | 310,200 | |||
Standby
letters of credit
|
22,260 | 21,143 | 12,020 | ||||||
|
$ | 436,572 | $ | 465,315 | $ | 322,220 | |||
Contractual
Obligations
The
contractual obligations of the Company, summarized by type of obligation and
contractual maturity, at December 31, 2008 are as follows:
Less
Than
|
One
to
|
Three
to
|
After
|
||||||||||||
|
One
Year
|
Three
Years
|
Five
Years
|
Five
Years
|
Total
|
||||||||||
(Dollars in
thousands)
|
|||||||||||||||
Securities
sold under agreement to repurchase
|
$ | 20,000 | $ | 15,000 | $ | - | $ | - | $ | 35,000 | |||||
Notes
payable to subsidiary grantor trusts
|
- | - | - | 23,702 | 23,702 | ||||||||||
Other
short-term borrowings
|
55,000 | - | - | - | 55,000 | ||||||||||
Note payable | 15,000 | - | - | - | 15,000 | ||||||||||
Operating
leases
|
2,237 | 4,633 | 4,427 | 3,589 | 14,886 | ||||||||||
Time
deposits of $100 or more
|
279,421 | 79,155 | - | - | 358,576 | ||||||||||
Total
debt and operating leases
|
$ | 371,658 | $ | 98,788 | $ | 4,427 | $ | 27,291 | $ | 502,164 | |||||
In
addition to those obligations listed above, in the normal course of business,
the Company will make cash distributions for the payment of interest on interest
bearing deposit accounts and debt obligations, payments for quarterly income tax
estimates and contributions to certain employee benefit plans.
38
Liquidity
and Asset/Liability Management
Liquidity
refers to the Company’s ability to maintain cash flows sufficient to fund
operations and to meet obligations and other commitments in a timely and
cost-effective fashion. At various times the Company requires funds
to meet short-term cash requirements brought about by loan growth or deposit
outflows, the purchase of assets, or liability repayments. An
integral part of the Company’s ability to manage its liquidity position
appropriately is the Company’s large base of core deposits, which are generated
by offering traditional banking services in its service area and which have,
historically, been a stable source of funds. To manage liquidity needs properly,
cash inflows must be timed to coincide with anticipated outflows or sufficient
liquidity resources must be available to meet varying demands. The
Company manages liquidity to be able to meet unexpected sudden changes in levels
of its assets or deposit liabilities without maintaining excessive amounts of
balance sheet liquidity. Excess balance sheet liquidity can
negatively impact the Company’s interest margin. In order to meet short-term
liquidity needs, the Company utilizes overnight Federal funds purchase
arrangements with correspondent banks, borrowing arrangements with correspondent
banks, solicits brokered deposits if cost effective deposits are not available
from local sources and maintains a collateralized line of credit with the
Federal Home Loan Bank (the “FHLB”) of San Francisco. In addition, the Company
can raise cash for temporary needs by selling securities under agreements to
repurchase and selling securities available-for-sale.
During
2008, the Company experienced a tightening in its liquidity position as a result
of the significant loan growth. In order to partially fund the loan
growth, the Company added brokered deposits of $157 million during
2008.
FHLB
Borrowings & Available Lines of Credit
The
Company has off-balance sheet liquidity in the form of Federal funds purchase
arrangements with correspondent banks, including the FHLB. The Company can
borrow from the FHLB on a short-term (typically overnight) or long-term (over
one year) basis. At December 31, 2008, the Company had $55 million of overnight
borrowings from the FHLB, bearing interest at 0.05%. There were $60 million in
FHLB advances at December 31, 2007, bearing interest at 4.05%. The
Company had $289 million of loans pledged to the FHLB as collateral on an
available line of credit of $122 million at December 31, 2008. At December 31,
2008, HBC had Federal funds purchase arrangements available of $65
million. There were no Federal funds purchased at December 31, 2008
or 2007.
The
Company also had a $15 million line of credit with a correspondent bank, all of
which was outstanding as of December 31, 2008. The Company repaid the line of
credit in March 2009.
Securities
sold under agreements to repurchase are secured by mortgage-backed securities
carried at approximately $40 million at December 31, 2008. The repurchase
agreements were $35.0 million at December 31, 2008.
The
following table summarizes the Company’s borrowings under its Federal funds
purchased, security repurchase arrangements and lines of credit for the periods
indicated:
December
31,
|
|||||||||
|
2008
|
2007
|
2006
|
||||||
(Dollars in
thousands)
|
|||||||||
Average
balance during the year
|
$ | 90,511 | $ | 16,255 | $ | 25,429 | |||
Average
interest rate during the year
|
2.50% | 2.90% | 2.46% | ||||||
Maximum
month-end balance
|
$ | 105,000 | $ | 70,900 | $ | 32,700 | |||
Average
rate at December 31,
|
2.27% | 2.83% | 2.56% |
Because
most of the growth in loans in 2008 was funded with deposits, other liquidity
ratios tracked by the Company, such as unfunded loan commitments to secondary
reserves ratio, have been slightly outside of policy guidelines for several
months. We continue to watch these ratios closely, and expect that these ratios
will revert back within guidelines.
Capital
Resources
At
December 31, 2008, the Company had total shareholders’ equity of $184.3 million,
including $37.9 million in preferred stock, and $0.3 million of accumulated
other comprehensive loss.
The
Company paid cash dividends totaling $3.8 million, or $0.32 per common share in
2008. On January 29, 2009, the Company announced it will pay a $0.02
per share quarterly cash dividend. The dividend will be paid on March 10, 2009,
to shareholders of record on February 27, 2009. The Company reduced its
quarterly dividend from $0.08 in an effort to maintain its strong capital
position for future growth.
The
Company uses a variety of measures to evaluate capital adequacy. Management
reviews various capital measurements on a regular basis and takes appropriate
action to help ensure that such measurements are within established internal and
external guidelines. The external guidelines, which are issued by the Federal
Reserve Board and the FDIC, establish a risk-adjusted ratio relating capital to
different categories of assets and off-balance sheet exposures. There are two
categories of capital under the Federal Reserve Board and FDIC guidelines: Tier
1 and Tier 2 Capital. Our Tier 1 Capital consists of shareholders’ equity
(excluding accumulated other comprehensive income/loss) and the proceeds
from the issuance of trust preferred securities, less goodwill and other
intangible assets. Our Tier 2 Capital includes the allowances for
loan losses and off balance sheet credit losses, subject to certain
limits.
39
The
following table summarizes risk-based capital, risk-weighted assets, and
risk-based capital ratios of the Company:
December
31,
|
|||||||||||
|
2008
|
2007
|
2006
|
||||||||
(Dollars in
thousands)
|
|||||||||||
Capital
components:
|
|||||||||||
Tier
1 Capital
|
$ | 160,146 | $ | 141,227 | $ | 147,600 | |||||
Tier
2 Capital
|
16,989 | 12,461 | 9,756 | ||||||||
Total
risk-based capital
|
$ | 177,135 | $ | 153,688 | $ | 157,356 | |||||
Risk-weighted
assets
|
$ | 1,350,823 | $ | 1,227,628 | $ | 855,715 | |||||
Average
assets (regulatory purposes)
|
$ | 1,449,380 | $ | 1,278,207 | $ | 1,087,502 | |||||
Minimum
|
|||||||||||
Regulatory
|
|||||||||||
Capital
ratios:
|
Requirements
|
||||||||||
Total
risk-based capital
|
13.1% | 12.5% | 18.4% | 8.00% | |||||||
Tier
1 risk-based capital
|
11.9% | 11.5% | 17.3% | 4.00% | |||||||
Leverage
(1)
|
11.0% | 11.1% | 13.6% | 4.00% |
(1) Tier
1 capital divided by average assets (excluding goodwill).
The table
above presents the capital ratios of the Company computed in accordance with
applicable regulatory guidelines and compared to the standards for minimum
capital adequacy requirements. The risk-based and leverage capital ratios are
defined in Item 1 - “Business
- Supervision and Regulation – Heritage Bank of Commerce.”
The
following table summarizes risk-based capital, risk-weighted assets, and
risk-based capital ratios of HBC:
December
31,
|
|||||||||||||
2008
|
2007
|
2006
|
|||||||||||
(Dollars
in thousands)
|
|||||||||||||
Capital
components:
|
|||||||||||||
Tier
1 Capital
|
$ | 149,493 | $ | 131,693 | $ | 144,955 | |||||||
Tier
2 Capital
|
16,973 | 12,461 | 9,756 | ||||||||||
Total
risk-based capital
|
$ | 166,466 | $ | 144,154 | $ | 154,711 | |||||||
Risk-weighted
assets
|
$ | 1,349,471 | $ | 1,226,202 | $ | 853,882 | |||||||
Average
assets for capital purposes
|
$ | 1,449,158 | $ | 1,270,224 | $ | 1,085,734 | |||||||
Well-Capitalized
|
Minimum
|
||||||||||||
Regulatory
|
Regulatory
|
||||||||||||
Capital
ratios
|
Requirements
|
Requirements
|
|||||||||||
Total
risk-based capital
|
12.3% | 11.8% | 18.1% |
10.00%
|
8.00%
|
||||||||
Tier
1 risk-based capital
|
11.1% | 10.7% | 17.0% |
6.00%
|
4.00%
|
||||||||
Leverage
(1)
|
10.3% | 10.4% | 13.4% |
5.00%
|
4.00%
|
(1) Tier 1 capital divided by average assets (excluding goodwill).
The table
above presents the capital ratios of the Bank computed in accordance with
applicable regulatory guidelines and compared to the standards for minimum
capital adequacy requirements under the FDIC's prompt corrective action
authority.
At
December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, the Company’s and HBC’s capital met all
minimum regulatory requirements. As of December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006,
management believes that HBC was considered “well-capitalized” under the
regulatory framework for prompt corrective action.
Mandatory
Redeemable Cumulative Trust Preferred Securities.
To
enhance regulatory capital and to provide liquidity, the Company, through
unconsolidated subsidiary grantor trusts, issued the following mandatory
redeemable cumulative trust preferred securities of subsidiary grantor trusts:
In the first quarter of 2000, the Company issued $7.2 million aggregate
principal amount of 10.875% subordinated debentures due on March 8, 2030 to a
subsidiary trust, which in turn issued a similar amount of trust preferred
securities. In the third quarter of 2000, the Company issued $7.2
million aggregate principal amount of 10.60% subordinated debentures due on
September 7, 2030 to a subsidiary trust, which in turn issued a similar amount
of trust preferred securities. In the third quarter of 2001, the
Company issued $5.2 million aggregate principal amount of Floating Rate Junior
Subordinated Deferrable Interest Debentures due on July 31, 2031 to a subsidiary
trust, which in turn issued a similar amount of trust preferred
securities. In the third quarter of 2002, the Company issued $4.1
million of aggregate principal amount of Floating Rate Junior Subordinated
Deferrable Interest Debentures due on September 26, 2032 to a subsidiary
trust, which in turn issued a similar amount of trust preferred
securities. Under applicable regulatory guidelines, the trust
preferred securities currently qualify as Tier 1 capital. The
subsidiary trusts are not consolidated in the Company’s consolidated financial
statements and the subordinated debt payable to the subsidiary grantor trusts is
recorded as debt of the Company to the related trusts. See Footnote 8
the Consolidated Financial Statements.
U.S.
Treasury TARP Capital Purchase
Program
|
The
Company received $40 million in November 2008 through the issuance of its Series
A Preferred Stock and a warrant to purchase 462,963 shares of its common stock
to the Treasury through the TARP Capital Purchase Program. The Series A
Preferred qualifies as a component of Tier 1 capital.
41
Market
Risk
|
Market
risk is the risk of loss of future earnings, fair values, or future cash flows
that may result from changes in the price of a financial instrument. The value
of a financial instrument may change as a result of changes in interest rates,
foreign currency exchange rates, commodity prices, equity prices and other
market changes that affect market risk sensitive instruments. Market risk is
attributed to all market risk sensitive financial instruments, including
securities, loans, deposits and borrowings, as well as the Company’s role as a
financial intermediary in customer-related transactions. The objective of market
risk management is to avoid excessive exposure of the Company’s earnings and
equity to loss and to reduce the volatility inherent in certain financial
instruments.
Interest
Rate Management
|
Market
risk arises from changes in interest rates, exchange rates, commodity prices and
equity prices. The Company’s market risk exposure is primarily that of interest
rate risk, and it has established policies and procedures to monitor and limit
earnings and balance sheet exposure to changes in interest rates. The Company
does not engage in the trading of financial instruments, nor does the Company
have exposure to currency exchange rates.
The
principal objective of interest rate risk management (often referred to as
“asset/liability management”) is to manage the financial components of the
Company in a manner that will optimize the risk/reward equation for earnings and
capital in relation to changing interest rates. The Company’s
exposure to market risk is reviewed on a regular basis by the Asset/Liability
Committee (“ALCO”). Interest rate risk is the potential of economic losses due
to future interest rate changes. These economic losses can be reflected as a
loss of future net interest income and/or a loss of current fair market values.
The objective is to measure the effect on net interest income and to adjust the
balance sheet to minimize the inherent risk while at the same time maximizing
income. Management realizes certain risks are inherent, and that the goal is to
identify and manage the risks. Management uses two methodologies to manage
interest rate risk: (i) a standard GAP analysis; and (ii) an interest
rate shock simulation model.
The
planning of asset and liability maturities is an integral part of the management
of an institution’s net interest margin. To the extent maturities of assets and
liabilities do not match in a changing interest rate environment, the net
interest margin may change over time. Even with perfectly matched repricing of
assets and liabilities, risks remain in the form of prepayment of loans or
securities or in the form of delays in the adjustment of rates of interest
applying to either earning assets with floating rates or to interest bearing
liabilities. The Company has generally been able to control its exposure to
changing interest rates by maintaining primarily floating interest rate loans
and a majority of its time certificates with relatively short
maturities.
Interest
rate changes do not affect all categories of assets and liabilities equally or
at the same time. Varying interest rate environments can create unexpected
changes in prepayment levels of assets and liabilities, which may have a
significant effect on the net interest margin and are not reflected in the
interest sensitivity analysis table. Because of these factors, an interest
sensitivity gap report may not provide a complete assessment of the exposure to
changes in interest rates.
The
Company uses modeling software for asset/liability management in order to
simulate the effects of potential interest rate changes on the Company’s net
interest margin, and to calculate the estimated fair values of the Company’s
financial instruments under different interest rate scenarios. The program
imports current balances, interest rates, maturity dates and repricing
information for individual financial instruments, and incorporates assumptions
on the characteristics of embedded options along with pricing and duration for
new volumes to project the effects of a given interest rate change on the
Company’s interest income and interest expense. Rate scenarios consisting of key
rate and yield curve projections are run against the Company’s investment, loan,
deposit and borrowed funds portfolios. These rate projections can be shocked (an
immediate and parallel change in all base rates, up or down), ramped (an
incremental increase or decrease in rates over a specified time period), based
on current trends and econometric models or economic conditions stable
(unchanged from current actual levels).
The
Company applies a market value (“MV”) methodology to gauge its interest rate
risk exposure as derived from its simulation model. Generally, MV is the
discounted present value of the difference between incoming cash flows on
interest earning assets and other investments and outgoing cash flows on
interest bearing liabilities and other liabilities. The application of the
methodology attempts to quantify interest rate risk as the change in the MV
which would result from a theoretical 200 basis point (1 basis point equals
0.01%) change in market interest rates. Both a 200 basis point increase and a
200 basis point decrease in market rates are considered.
At
December 31, 2008, it was estimated that the Company’s MV would increase 20.39%
in the event of a 200 basis point increase in market interest rates. The
Company’s MV at the same date would decrease 33.94% in the event of a 200 basis
point decrease in applicable interest rates.
Presented
below, as of December 31, 2008 and 2007, is an analysis of the Company’s
interest rate risk as measured by changes in MV for instantaneous and sustained
parallel shifts of 200 basis points in market interest
rates:
2008
|
2007
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||
$ Change
|
% Change
|
Market Value as a %
of
|
$ Change
|
% Change
|
Market Value as a %
of
|
|||||||||||||||||||
in
Market
|
in
Market
|
Present Value of
Assets
|
in
Market
|
in
Market
|
Present Value of
Assets
|
|||||||||||||||||||
|
Value
|
Value
|
MV Ratio
|
Change
(bp)
|
Value
|
Value
|
MV Ratio
|
Change
(bp)
|
||||||||||||||||
(Dollars in
thousands)
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Change in
rates
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||
+
200 bp
|
$
|
42,272
|
20.39%
|
|
16.7%
|
|
282
|
$
|
38,716
|
18.54%
|
|
18.5%
|
|
290
|
||||||||||
0
bp
|
$
|
-
|
-%
|
|
13.8%
|
|
-
|
$
|
-
|
-%
|
|
15.6%
|
|
-
|
||||||||||
-
200 bp
|
$
|
(70,361)
|
|
-33.94%
|
|
9.1%
|
|
(469)
|
|
$
|
(55,007)
|
|
-26.35%
|
|
11.5%
|
|
(412)
|
Management
believes that the MV methodology overcomes three shortcomings of the typical
maturity gap methodology. First, it does not use arbitrary repricing intervals
and accounts for all expected future cash flows. Second, because the MV method
projects cash flows of each financial instrument under different interest rate
environments, it can incorporate the effect of embedded options on an
institution’s interest rate risk exposure. Third, it allows interest rates on
different instruments to change by varying amounts in response to a change in
market interest rates, resulting in more accurate estimates of cash
flows.
42
However,
as with any method of gauging interest rate risk, there are certain shortcomings
inherent to the MV methodology. The model assumes interest rate changes are
instantaneous parallel shifts in the yield curve. In reality, rate changes are
rarely instantaneous. The use of the simplifying assumption that short-term and
long-term rates change by the same degree may also misstate historic rate
patterns, which rarely show parallel yield curve shifts. Further, the model
assumes that certain assets and liabilities of similar maturity or period to
repricing will react in the same way to changes in rates. In reality, certain
types of financial instruments may react in advance of changes in market rates,
while the reaction of other types of financial instruments may lag behind the
change in general market rates. Additionally, the MV methodology does not
reflect the full impact of annual and lifetime restrictions on changes in rates
for certain assets, such as adjustable rate loans. When interest rates change,
actual loan prepayments and actual early withdrawals from certificates may
deviate significantly from the assumptions used in the model. Finally, this
methodology does not measure or reflect the impact that higher rates may have on
adjustable-rate loan clients’ ability to service their debt. All of these
factors are considered in monitoring the Company’s exposure to interest rate
risk.
Critical
Accounting Policies
General
The
Company’s consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with
accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America
(“GAAP”). The financial information contained within our consolidated
financial statements is, to a significant extent, based on approximate measures
of the financial effects of transactions and events that have already
occurred. A variety of factors could affect the ultimate value that
is obtained either when earning income, recognizing an expense, recovering an
asset or relieving a liability. In certain instances, we use a
discount factor and prepayment assumptions to determine the present value of
assets and liabilities. A change in the discount factor or prepayment speeds
could increase or decrease the values of those assets and liabilities which
would result in either a beneficial or adverse impact to our financial results.
We use historical loss factors as one factor in determining the inherent loss
that may be present in our loan portfolio. Actual losses could differ
significantly from the historical factors that we use. The Company
adopted FASB Statement 123(Revised) on January 1, 2006, and elected the modified
prospective method, under which prior periods are not revised for comparative
purposes. Other estimates that we use are related to the expected
useful lives of our depreciable assets. In addition, GAAP itself may
change from one previously acceptable method to another method, although the
economics of our transactions would be the same.
Allowance
for Loan Losses
The
allowance for loan losses is an estimate of the losses in our loan
portfolio. Our accounting for estimated loan losses was previously
discussed under the heading “Allowance for Loan Losses.”
Loan
Sales and Servicing
The
amounts of gains recorded on sales of loans and the initial recording of
servicing assets and I/O strips are based on the estimated fair values of the
respective components. In recording the initial value of the
servicing assets and the fair value of the I/O strips receivable, the Company
uses estimates which are made on management’s expectations of future prepayment
and discount rates as discussed in Note 3 to the consolidated financial
statements.
Stock
Based Compensation
We grant
stock options to purchase our common stock to our employees and directors under
the 2004 Plan. We also granted our chief executive officer restricted
stock when he joined the Company. Additionally, we have outstanding
options that were granted under an option plan from which we no longer make
grants. The benefits provided under all of these plans are subject to
the provisions of FASB Statement 123(Revised), “Share-Based Payments.” Our
results of operations for fiscal 2008, 2007, and 2006 were impacted by the
recognition of non cash expense related to the fair value of our share-based
compensation awards as discussed in Note 1 to the consolidated financial
statements.
The
determination of fair value of stock-based payment awards on the date of grant
using the Black-Scholes model is affected by our stock price, as well as the
input of other subjective assumptions. These assumptions include, but
are not limited to, the expected term of stock options and our expected stock
price volatility over the term of the awards. Our stock options have
characteristics significantly different from those of traded options, and
changes in the assumptions can materially affect the fair value
estimates.
Statement
123R requires forfeitures to be estimated at the time of grant and revised, if
necessary, in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those
estimates. If actual forfeitures vary from our estimates, we will
recognize the difference in compensation expense in the period the actual
forfeitures occur.
Our
accounting for stock options is disclosed primarily in Notes 1 and 10 to the
consolidated financial statements.
Accounting
for Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets
The
Company accounts for acquisitions of businesses using the purchase method of
accounting. Under the purchase method, assets acquired and liabilities assumed
are recorded at their estimated fair values at the date of acquisition.
Management utilizes various valuation techniques including discounted cash flow
analyses to determine these fair values. Any excess of the purchase price over
amounts allocated to the acquired assets, including identifiable intangible
assets, and liabilities assumed is recorded as goodwill.
Goodwill
and intangible assets are evaluated at least annually for impairment or more
frequently if events or circumstances, such as changes in economic or market
conditions, indicate that impairment may exist. Goodwill is tested for
impairment at the reporting unit level. A reporting unit is an operating segment
or one level below an operating segment for which discrete financial information
is available and regularly reviewed by management. If the fair value of the
reporting unit including goodwill is determined to be less than the carrying
amount of the reporting unit, a further test is required to measure the amount
of impairment. If an impairment loss exists, the carrying amount of the goodwill
is adjusted to a new cost basis. For purposes of the goodwill impairment test,
the valuation of the Company is based on a weighted blend of the income method
(discounted cash flows), market approach considering key pricing multiples of
similar control transactions, and market price analysis of the Company’s
stock. Management believes the multiples and other assumptions used
in these calculations are consistent with current industry practice for valuing
similar types of companies. Goodwill was tested for impairment as of November
30, 2008 and 2007 with the assistance of a valuation firm.
43
Intangible
assets consist of core deposit and customer relationship intangible assets
arising from the acquisition of Diablo Valley Bank in 2007. These assets are
amortized over their estimated useful lives. Impairment testing of these assets
is performed at the individual asset level. Impairment exists if the carrying
amount of the asset exceeds its fair value at the date of the impairment test.
For intangible assets, estimates of expected future cash flows (cash inflows
less cash outflows) that are directly associated with an intangible asset are
used to determine the fair value of that asset. Management makes certain
estimates and assumptions in determining the expected future cash flows from
core deposit and customer relationship intangibles including account attrition,
expected lives, discount rates, interest rates, servicing costs and other
factors. Significant changes in these estimates and assumptions could adversely
impact the valuation of these intangible assets. If an impairment
loss exists, the carrying amount of the intangible asset is adjusted to a new
cost basis. The new cost basis is then amortized over the remaining useful life
of the asset.
ITEM
7A - QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK
As a financial institution,
the Company’s primary component of market risk is interest rate volatility.
Fluctuations in interest rates will ultimately impact both the level of income
and expense recorded on most of the Company’s assets and liabilities, and the
market value of all interest-earning assets, other than those which have a short
term to maturity. Based upon the nature of the Company’s operations, the Company
is not subject to foreign exchange or commodity price risk. The Company has no
market risk sensitive instruments held for trading purposes. As of December 31,
2008, the Company does not use interest rate derivatives to hedge its interest
rate risk.
The
information concerning quantitative and qualitative disclosure or market risk
called for by Item 305 of Regulation S K is included as part of Item 7 of this
report.
ITEM
8 - FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY
DATA
|
The
financial statements and report of the Independent Registered Public Accounting
Firm are set forth on pages 48 through 76.
ITEM
9 – CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND
FINANCIAL DISCLOSURES
|
None
|
ITEM
9A – CONTROLS AND
PROCEDURES
|
The
Company has carried out an evaluation, under the supervision and with the
participation of the Company’s management, including the Chief Executive Officer
and Chief Financial Officer, of the effectiveness of the design and operation of
the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures as of December 31,
2008. As defined in Rule 13a-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act
of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), disclosure controls and procedures are
controls and procedures designed to reasonably assure that information required
to be disclosed in our reports filed or submitted under the Exchange Act are
recorded, processed, summarized and reported on a timely
basis. Disclosure controls are also designed to reasonably assure
that such information is accumulated and communicated to our management,
including the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, as
appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required
disclosure. Based upon their evaluation, our Chief Executive Officer
and Chief Financial Officer concluded the Company’s disclosure controls were
effective as of December 31, 2008, the period covered by this
report.
Management’s
Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting
Management
of the Company is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal
control over financial reporting. As defined in Rule 13a-15(f) under
the Exchange Act, internal control over financial reporting is a process
designed by, or under the supervision of, a company’s principal executive and
principal financial officers and effected by a company’s board of directors,
management and other personnel, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the
reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements
for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting
principles. It includes those policies and procedures
that:
·
|
Pertain
to the maintenance of records that in reasonable detail accurately and
fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of a
company;
|
·
|
Provide
reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit
preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted
accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of a company are
being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and the
board of directors of the company;
and
|
·
|
Provide
reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of
unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of a company’s assets that
could have a material effect on its financial
statements.
|
Because
of the inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not
prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation
of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may
become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of
compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
The
Company’s management has used the criteria established in “Internal Control-Integrated
Framework” issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the
Treadway Commission (“COSO”) to evaluate the effectiveness of the Company’s
internal control over financial reporting. Management has selected the COSO
framework for its evaluation as it is a control framework recognized by the SEC
and the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board, that is free from bias,
permits reasonably consistent qualitative and quantitative measurement of the
Company’s internal controls, is sufficiently complete so that relevant controls
are not omitted and is relevant to an evaluation of internal controls over
financial reporting.
Based on
our assessment, management has concluded that our internal control over
financial reporting, based on criteria established in “Internal Control-Integrated
Framework” issued by COSO was effective as of December 31,
2008.
The
independent registered public accounting firm of Crowe Horwath LLP, as auditors
of our consolidated financial statements, has issued an attestation report on
the effectiveness of management’s internal control over financial reporting
based on criteria established in Internal Control-Integrated
Framework, issued by COSO.
44
Inherent
Limitations on Effectiveness of Controls
The
Company’s management, including the CEO and CFO, does not expect that our
disclosure controls or our internal control over financial reporting will
prevent or detect all error and all fraud. A control system, no matter how well
designed and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that
the control system’s objectives will be met. The design of a control system must
reflect the fact that there are resource constraints, and the benefits of
controls must be considered relative to their costs. Further, because of the
inherent limitations in all control systems, no evaluation of controls can
provide absolute assurance that misstatements due to error or fraud will not
occur or that all control issues and instances of fraud, if any, within the
company have been detected. These inherent limitations include the realities
that judgments in decision-making can be faulty and that breakdowns can occur
because of simple error or mistake. Controls can also be circumvented by the
individual acts of some persons, by collusion of two or more people, or by
management override of the controls. The design of any system of controls is
based in part on certain assumptions about the likelihood of future events, and
there can be no assurance that any design will succeed in achieving its stated
goals under all potential future conditions. Projections of any evaluation of
controls effectiveness to future periods are subject to risks. Over
time, controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions or
deterioration in the degree of compliance with policies or
procedures.
Changes
in Internal Control over Financial Reporting
There was
no change in our internal control over financial reporting that occurred during
the quarter ended December 31, 2008 that has materially affected or is
reasonably likely to materially affect our internal control over financial
reporting.
ITEM
9B – OTHER INFORMATION
|
None
PART
III
ITEM
10 – DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE
GOVERNACE
|
We have adopted a code of ethics that applies to our
Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, and to our other principal
financial officers. The code of ethics is available at the Governance
Documents section of our website at www.heritagecommercecorp.com. We intend to disclose future amendments to,
or waivers from, certain provisions of our code of ethics on the above website
within four business days following the date of such amendment or
waiver.
ITEM
11 - EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
|
Information required by this item will
be contained in our Definitive Proxy Statement for our 2009Annual Meeting of Shareholders, to be filed pursuant to Regulation 14A with the
Securities and Exchange Commission within 120 days of December 31, 2008. Such information is incorporated herein by
reference.
ITEM
12 - SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT
AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER
MATTERS
|
Information required by this item will
be contained in our Definitive Proxy Statement for our 2009 Annual
Meeting of Shareholders, to be filed pursuant to
Regulation 14A with the Securities and Exchange Commission within 120 days of December 31, 2008. Such information is incorporated herein by
reference.
ITEM
13 - CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED
TRANSACTIONS
|
Information required by this item will
be contained in our Definitive Proxy Statement for our 2009 Annual Meeting of Shareholders, to be filed pursuant to Regulation 14A, with the
Securities and Exchange Commission within
120 days of December 31, 2008. Such information is incorporated herein by
reference.
ITEM
14 – PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND
SERVICES
|
Information
required by this item will be contained in our
Definitive Proxy Statement for our
2009 Annual Meeting of Shareholders, to be filed
pursuant to Regulation 14A, with the Securities and Exchange Commission
within 120 days of December 31,
2008. Such information is
incorporated herein by reference.
PART
IV
ITEM
15– EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT
SCHEDULES
|
(a)(1)
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
The
Financial Statements of the Company and the Report of Independent Registered
Public Accounting Firm are set forth on pages 48 through 76.
(a)(2)
FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES
All
schedules to the Financial Statements are omitted because of the absence of the
conditions under which they are required or because the required information is
included in the Financial Statements or accompanying notes.
(a)(3)
EXHIBITS
The
exhibit list required by this Item is incorporated by reference to the Exhibit
Index included in this report.
45
SIGNATURES
Pursuant
to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of
1934, the Company has duly caused this report on Form 10-K to be signed on its
behalf by the undersigned thereunto duly authorized.
Heritage
Commerce Corp
|
|
DATE:
March 16, 2009
|
BY: /s/ Walter T.
Kaczmarek
Walter
T. Kaczmarek
Chief
Executive Officer
|
46
Pursuant
to the requirements of Section 13 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the
registrant has duly caused this report to be signed below by the following
persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the date
indicated:
Signature
|
Title
|
Date
|
/s/ FRANK
BISCEGLIA
Frank
Bisceglia
|
Director
|
March
16, 2009
|
/s/ JAMES
BLAIR
James
Blair
|
Director
|
March
16, 2009
|
/s/ JACK
CONNER
Jack
Conner
|
Director
and Chairman of the Board
|
March
16, 2009
|
/s/ WALTER T.
KACZMAREK
Walter
T. Kaczmarek
|
Director
and Chief Executive Officer and President (Principle Executive
Officer)
|
March
16, 2009
|
/s/ LAWRENCE D.
MCGOVERN
Lawrence
D. McGovern
|
Executive
Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial and
Accounting Officer)
|
March
16, 2009
|
/s/ ROBERT
MOLES
Robert
Moles
|
Director
|
March
16, 2009
|
/s/ LON
NORMANDIN
Lon
Normandin
|
Director
|
March
16, 2009
|
/s/ JACK
PECKHAM
Jack
Peckham
|
Director
|
March
16, 2009
|
/s/
HUMPHREY POLANEN
Humphrey
Polanen
|
Director
|
March
16, 2009
|
/s/ CHARLES
TOENISKOETTER
Charles
Toeniskoetter
|
Director
|
March
16, 2009
|
/s/ RANSON
WEBSTER
Ranson
Webster
|
Director
|
March
16, 2009
|
/s/ JOHN J.
HOUNSLOW
John J. Hounslow
|
Director
|
March
16, 20089
|
/s/ MARK
LEFANOWICZ
Mark Lefanowicz
|
Director
|
March
16, 2009
|
47
INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 2008
Page
|
|
Report
of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
|
49
|
Consolidated
Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2008 and 2007
|
50
|
Consolidated
Income Statements for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and
2006
|
51
|
Consolidated
Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity for the years ended December
31, 2008, 2007 and 2006
|
52
|
Consolidated
Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and
2006
|
53
|
Notes
to Consolidated Financial Statements
|
55
|
48
REPORT OF
INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
Board of
Directors
Heritage
Commerce Corp
San Jose,
California
We have
audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Heritage Commerce Corp
as of December 31, 2008 and 2007, and the related consolidated income
statements, statements of changes in shareholders’ equity and statements of cash
flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2008. We
also have audited Heritage Commerce Corp’s internal control over financial
reporting as of December 31, 2008, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued
by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). Heritage
Commerce Corp’s management is responsible for these financial statements,
for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, and for its
assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting in
the accompanying Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial
Reporting included in Item 9A in Form 10-K. Our responsibility is to
express an opinion on these financial statements and an opinion on the Company’s
internal control over financial reporting based on our audits.
We
conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company
Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require
that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether
the financial statements are free of material misstatement and whether effective
internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material
respects. Our audits of the financial statements included examining,
on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the
financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant
estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement
presentation. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting
included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial
reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and
evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on
the assessed risk. Our audits also included performing such other procedures as
we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide
a reasonable basis for our opinions.
A
company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to
provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting
and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s
internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures
that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail,
accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of
the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as
necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with
generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of
the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management
and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding
prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition
of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial
statements.
Because
of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not
prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of
effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become
inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance
with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
In our
opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly,
in all material respects, the financial position of Heritage Commerce Corp as of
December 31, 2008 and 2007, and the results of its operations and its cash flows
for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2008 in
conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of
America. Also in our opinion, Heritage Commerce Corp maintained, in
all material
respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31,
2008, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework
issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway
Commission (COSO).
/s/ Crowe
Horwath LLP
Oak
Brook, Illinois
March 13,
2009
49
Heritage
Commerce Corp
|
|||||||
Consolidated
Balance Sheets
|
|||||||
December
31,
|
December
31,
|
||||||
2008
|
2007
|
||||||
(Dollars
in thousands)
|
|||||||
Assets
|
|||||||
Cash
and due from banks
|
$ | 29,996 | $ | 39,793 | |||
Federal
funds sold
|
100 | 9,300 | |||||
Total
cash and cash equivalents
|
30,096 | 49,093 | |||||
Securities
available-for-sale, at fair value
|
104,475 | 135,402 | |||||
Loans,
net of deferred costs
|
1,248,631 | 1,036,465 | |||||
Allowance
for loan losses
|
(25,007 | ) | (12,218) | ||||
Loans,
net
|
1,223,624 | 1,024,247 | |||||
Federal
Home Loan Bank and Federal Reserve Bank stock, at cost
|
7,816 | 7,002 | |||||
Company
owned life insurance
|
40,649 | 38,643 | |||||
Premises
and equipment, net
|
9,517 | 9,308 | |||||
Goodwill
|
43,181 | 43,181 | |||||
Intangible
assets
|
4,231 | 4,972 | |||||
Accrued
interest receivable and other assets
|
35,638 | 35,624 | |||||
Total
assets
|
$ | 1,499,227 | $ | 1,347,472 | |||
Liabilities
and Shareholders' Equity
|
|||||||
Liabilities:
|
|||||||
Deposits
|
|||||||
Demand,
noninterest bearing
|
$ | 261,337 | $ | 268,005 | |||
Demand,
interest bearing
|
134,814 | 150,527 | |||||
Savings
and money market
|
344,767 | 432,293 | |||||
Time
deposits, under $100
|
45,615 | 34,092 | |||||
Time
deposits, $100 and over
|
171,269 | 139,562 | |||||
Brokered
time deposits
|
196,248 | 39,747 | |||||
Total
deposits
|
1,154,050 | 1,064,226 | |||||
Notes
payable to subsidiary grantor trusts
|
23,702 | 23,702 | |||||
Securities
sold under agreement to repurchase
|
35,000 | 10,900 | |||||
Note
payable
|
15,000 | - | |||||
Other
short-term borrowings
|
55,000 | 60,000 | |||||
Accrued
interest payable and other liabilities
|
32,208 | 23,820 | |||||
Total
liabilities
|
1,314,960 | 1,182,648 | |||||
Commitments
and contingencies (Note 14)
|
|||||||
Shareholders'
equity:
|
|||||||
Preferred
stock, $1,000 par value; 10,000,000 shares authorized; shares outstanding:
40,000
|
39,846 | - | |||||
in 2008 and none outstanding in 2007 (liquidation preference of $1,000 per
share plus
|
|||||||
accrued
dividends)
|
|||||||
Discount
on preferred stock
|
(1,946) | - | |||||
Common
stock, no par value; 30,000,000 shares authorized;
|
|||||||
shares
outstanding: 11,820,509 in 2008 and 12,774,926 in 2007
|
78,854 | 92,414 | |||||
Retained
earnings
|
67,804 | 73,298 | |||||
Accumulated
other comprehensive loss
|
(291) | (888) | |||||
Total
shareholders' equity
|
184,267 | 164,824 | |||||
Total
liabilities and shareholders' equity
|
$ | 1,499,227 | $ | 1,347,472 | |||
See
notes to consolidated financial statements
|
50
HERITAGE
COMMERCE CORP
|
|||||||||||
CONSOLIDATED
INCOME STATEMENTS
|
|||||||||||
Years
Ended December 31,
|
|||||||||||
2008
|
2007
|
2006
|
|||||||||
(Dollars
in thousands, except per share data)
|
|||||||||||
Interest
income:
|
|||||||||||
Loans,
including fees
|
$ | 70,488 | $ | 68,405 | $ | 61,859 | |||||
Securities,
taxable
|
5,321 | 7,481 | 7,614 | ||||||||
Securities,
non-taxable
|
74 | 155 | 182 | ||||||||
Interest
bearing deposits in other financial institutions
|
16 | 141 | 132 | ||||||||
Federal
funds sold
|
58 | 2,530 | 3,170 | ||||||||
Total
interest income
|
75,957 | 78,712 | 72,957 | ||||||||
Interest
expense:
|
|||||||||||
Deposits
|
20,035 | 24,211 | 19,588 | ||||||||
Notes
payable to subsidiary grantor trusts
|
2,148 | 2,329 | 2,310 | ||||||||
Note
payable
|
292 | - | - | ||||||||
Repurchase
agreements
|
937 | 387 | 627 | ||||||||
Other
short-term borrowings
|
1,032 | 85 | - | ||||||||
Total
interest expense
|
24,444 | 27,012 | 22,525 | ||||||||
Net
interest income before provision for loan losses
|
51,513 | 51,700 | 50,432 | ||||||||
Provision
for loan losses
|
15,537 | (11) | (503) | ||||||||
Net
interest income after provision for loan losses
|
35,976 | 51,711 | 50,935 | ||||||||
Noninterest
income:
|
|||||||||||
Service
charges and fees on deposit accounts
|
2,007 | 1,284 | 1,335 | ||||||||
Servicing
income
|
1,790 | 2,181 | 1,860 | ||||||||
Increase
in cash surrender value of life insurance
|
1,645 | 1,443 | 1,439 | ||||||||
Gain
on sale of SBA loans
|
- | 1,766 | 3,337 | ||||||||
Gain
on sale of Capital Group loan portfolio
|
- | - | 671 | ||||||||
Other
|
1,349 | 1,378 | 1,198 | ||||||||
Total
noninterest income
|
6,791 | 8,052 | 9,840 | ||||||||
Noninterest
expense:
|
|||||||||||
Salaries
and employee benefits
|
22,624 | 21,160 | 19,414 | ||||||||
Occupancy
|
3,808 | 3,557 | 3,110 | ||||||||
Professional
fees
|
2,954 | 2,342 | 1,688 | ||||||||
Data
processing
|
1,021 | 867 | 806 | ||||||||
Software
subscription
|
940 | 831 | 699 | ||||||||
Advertising
and promotion
|
882 | 1,092 | 1,064 | ||||||||
Low
income housing investment losses
|
865 | 828 | 995 | ||||||||
Furniture
and equipment
|
815 | 638 | 517 | ||||||||
Client
services
|
802 | 820 | 1,000 | ||||||||
Amortization
of intangible assets
|
741 | 352 | - | ||||||||
Retirement
plan expense
|
225 | 274 | 352 | ||||||||
Other
|
6,715 | 4,769 | 4,623 | ||||||||
Total
noninterest expense
|
42,392 | 37,530 | 34,268 | ||||||||
Income
before income taxes
|
375 | 22,233 | 26,507 | ||||||||
Income
tax expense (benefit)
|
(1,387) | 8,137 | 9,237 | ||||||||
Net
income
|
$ | 1,762 | $ | 14,096 | $ | 17,270 | |||||
Dividends
and discount accretion on preferred stock
|
(255) | - | - | ||||||||
Net
income available to common shareholders
|
$ | 1,507 | $ | 14,096 | $ | 17,270 | |||||
Earnings
per common share:
|
|||||||||||
Basic
|
$ | 0.13 | $ | 1.14 | $ | 1.47 | |||||
Diluted
|
$ | 0.13 | $ | 1.12 | $ | 1.44 | |||||
See
notes to consolidated financial
statements
|
51
CONSOLIDATED
STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||
YEARS
ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2008, 2007, AND 2006
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||
Accumulated
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
Other
|
Total
|
|
||||||||||||||||||
Preferred Stock
|
Common Stock
|
Retained
|
Comprehensive
|
Shareholders'
|
Comprehensive
|
||||||||||||||||||
Amount
|
Discount
|
Shares
|
Amount
|
Earnings
|
Loss
|
Equity
|
Income
|
||||||||||||||||
(Dollars
in thousands, except shares)
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||
Balance,
January 1, 2006
|
$ | - | - | 11,807,649 | $ | 66,799 | $ | 47,539 | $ | (2,721) | $ | 111,617 | |||||||||||
Net
Income
|
- | - | - | - | 17,270 | - | 17,270 | $ | 17,270 | ||||||||||||||
Net
change in unrealized gain/loss on securities
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||
available-for-sale
and interest-only strips, net
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||
of
reclassification adjustment and deferred income taxes
|
- | - | - | - | - | 377 | 377 | 377 | |||||||||||||||
Decrease
in pension liability, net of deferred income taxes
|
- | - | - | - | - | 349 | 349 | 349 | |||||||||||||||
Total
comprehensive income
|
$ | 17,996 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Amortization
of restricted stock award
|
- | - | - | 154 | - | - | 154 | ||||||||||||||||
Cash
dividend declared on common stock, $0.20 per share
|
- | - | - | - | (2,357) | - | (2,357) | ||||||||||||||||
Common
stock repurchased
|
- | - | (330,300) | (7,888) | - | - | (7,888) | ||||||||||||||||
Stock
option expense
|
- | - | - | 780 | - | - | 780 | ||||||||||||||||
Stock
options exercised, including related tax benefits
|
- | - | 179,594 | 2,518 | - | - | 2,518 | ||||||||||||||||
Balance,
December 31, 2006
|
- | - | 11,656,943 | 62,363 | 62,452 | (1,995) | 122,820 | ||||||||||||||||
Net
Income
|
- | - | - | - | 14,096 | - | 14,096 | $ | 14,096 | ||||||||||||||
Net
change in unrealized gain/loss on securities
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||
available-for-sale
and interest-only strips, net
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||
of
reclassification adjustment and deferred income taxes
|
- | - | - | - | - | 1,028 | 1,028 | 1,028 | |||||||||||||||
Decrease
in pension liability, net of deferred income taxes
|
- | - | - | - | - | 79 | 79 | 79 | |||||||||||||||
Total
comprehensive income
|
$ | 15,203 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Issuance
of 1,732,298 common shares to acquire Diablo Valley Bank,
net
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||
of
offering costs of $214
|
- | - | 1,732,298 | 41,183 | - | - | 41,183 | ||||||||||||||||
Amortization
of restricted stock award
|
- | - | - | 154 | - | - | 154 | ||||||||||||||||
Cash
dividend declared on common stock, $0.26 per share
|
- | - | (3,250) | (3,250) | |||||||||||||||||||
Common
stock repurchased
|
- | - | (698,190) | (13,653) | - | - | (13,653) | ||||||||||||||||
Stock
option expense
|
- | - | - | 1,159 | - | - | 1,159 | ||||||||||||||||
Stock
options exercised, including related tax benefits
|
- | - | 83,875 | 1,208 | - | - | 1,208 | ||||||||||||||||
Balance,
December 31, 2007
|
- | - | 12,774,926 | 92,414 | 73,298 | (888) | 164,824 | ||||||||||||||||
Cumulative
effect adjustment upon adoption of EITF 06-4,
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||
net
of deferred income taxes
|
- | - | - | - | (3,182) | - | (3,182) | ||||||||||||||||
Net
Income
|
- | - | - | - | 1,762 | - | 1,762 | $ | 1,762 | ||||||||||||||
Net
change in unrealized gain/loss on securities
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||
available-for-sale
and interest-only strips, net of
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||
reclassification
adjustment and deferred income taxes
|
- | - | - | - | - | 1,532 | 1,532 | 1,532 | |||||||||||||||
Net
increase in pension and other postretirement obligations, net of deferred
income taxes
|
- | - | - | - | - | (935) | (935) | (935) | |||||||||||||||
Total
comprehensive income
|
$ | 2,359 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Amortization
of restricted stock award
|
- | - | - | 155 | - | - | 155 | ||||||||||||||||
Issuance
of 40,000 preferred shares and a warrant to purchase
462,963
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||
common
shares net of issuance costs of $154
|
39,846 | (1,979) | - | 1,979 | - | - | 39,846 | ||||||||||||||||
Cash
dividends accrued on preferred stock
|
- | - | - | - | (222) | - | (222) | ||||||||||||||||
Accretion
of unearned discount on preferred stock
|
- | 33 | - | - | (33) | - | - | ||||||||||||||||
Cash
dividend declared on common stock, $0.32 per share
|
- | - | - | - | (3,819) | - | (3,819) | ||||||||||||||||
Common
stock repurchased
|
- | - | (1,007,749) | (17,655) | - | - | (17,655) | ||||||||||||||||
Stock
option expense
|
- | - | - | 1,381 | - | - | 1,381 | ||||||||||||||||
Stock
options exercised, including related tax benefits
|
- | - | 53,332 | 580 | - | - | 580 | ||||||||||||||||
Balance,
December 31, 2008
|
$ | 39,846 |
$
|
(1,946) | 11,820,509 | $ | 78,854 | $ | 67,804 | $ | (291) | $ | 184,267 | ||||||||||
See
notes to consolidated financial
statements
|
52
HERITAGE
COMMERCE CORP
|
|||||||||
CONSOLIDATED
STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
|
|||||||||
Years
ended December 31,
|
|||||||||
2008
|
2007
|
2006
|
|||||||
(Dollars
in thousands)
|
|||||||||
CASH
FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
|
|||||||||
Net
income
|
$ | 1,762 | $ | 14,096 | $ | 17,270 | |||
Adjustments
to reconcile net income to net cash provided by
|
|||||||||
operating
activities:
|
|||||||||
Depreciation
and amortization
|
1,022 | 776 | 662 | ||||||
Provision
for loan losses
|
15,537 | (11) | (503) | ||||||
Deferred
income tax benefit
|
(6,006) | (225) | (319) | ||||||
Stock
option expense
|
1,381 | 1,159 | 780 | ||||||
Amortization
of other intangible assets
|
741 | 352 | - | ||||||
Amortization
of restricted stock award
|
155 | 154 | 154 | ||||||
Amortization
(accretion) of discounts and premiums on securities
|
245 | 95 | (1,087) | ||||||
Gain
on sale of Capital Group loan portfolio
|
- | - | (671) | ||||||
Gain
on sale of SBA loans
|
- | (1,766) | (3,337) | ||||||
Loss
on sale of foreclosed assets
|
92 | - | - | ||||||
Proceeds
from sales of loans held for sale
|
- | 35,529 | 65,466 | ||||||
Change
in SBA loans held for sale
|
- | (17,469) | (51,100) | ||||||
Increase
in cash surrender value of life insurance
|
(1,645) | (1,443) | (1,439) | ||||||
Federal
Home Loan Bank stock dividends
|
(211) | (230) | (208) | ||||||
Effect
of changes in:
|
|||||||||
Accrued
interest receivable and other assets
|
8,266 | 3,162 | 4,270 | ||||||
Accrued
interest payable and other liabilities
|
(855) | 352 | 1,562 | ||||||
Net
cash provided by operating activities
|
20,484 | 34,531 | 31,500 | ||||||
CASH
FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
|
|||||||||
Net
change in loans
|
(216,012) | (104,078) | (27,591) | ||||||
Proceeds
from sale of Capital Group loan portfolio
|
- | - | 30,047 | ||||||
Net
decrease in Capital Group loan portfolio prior to sale
|
- | - | 2,681 | ||||||
Purchase
of securities available-for-sale
|
(25,415) | (9,322) | (64,018) | ||||||
Maturities/Paydowns/Calls
of securities available-for-sale
|
57,936 | 61,344 | 92,274 | ||||||
Purchase
of company owned life insurance
|
(361) | - | - | ||||||
Purchase
of premises and equipment
|
(1,231) | (704) | (660 | ||||||
Redemption
(Purchase) of restricted stock and other investments
|
(603) | 58 | (46) | ||||||
Proceeds
from sale of forcelosed assets
|
1,409 | - | - | ||||||
Cash
received in bank acquisition, net of cash paid
|
- | 16,407 | - | ||||||
Net
cash provided by (used in) investing activities
|
(184,277) | (36,295) | 32,687 | ||||||
CASH
FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
|
|||||||||
Net
change in deposits
|
89,824 | (31,390) | (93,166) | ||||||
Exercise
of stock options
|
580 | 1,208 | 2,518 | ||||||
Common
stock offering cost
|
- | (214) | - | ||||||
Common
stock repurchased
|
(17,655) | (13,653) | (7,888) | ||||||
Issuance
of preferred stock, net of offering costs
|
39,846 | - | - | ||||||
Payment
of cash dividend - common stock
|
(3,819) | (3,250) | (2,357) | ||||||
Net
change in other short-term borrowings
|
(5,000) | 60,000 | - | ||||||
Net
change in note payable
|
15,000 | - | - | ||||||
Net
change in securities sold under agreement to repurchase
|
24,100 | (10,900) | (10,900) | ||||||
Other
financing activities
|
1,920 | (329) | (1,469) | ||||||
Net
cash provided by (used in) financing activities
|
144,796 | 1,472 | (113,262) | ||||||
Net
decrease in cash and cash equivalents
|
(18,997) | (292) | (49,075) | ||||||
Cash
and cash equivalents, beginning of year
|
49,093 | 49,385 | 98,460 | ||||||
Cash
and cash equivalents, end of year
|
$ | 30,096 | $ | 49,093 | $ | 49,385 | |||
53
HERITAGE
COMMERCE CORP
|
|||||||||||
CONSOLIDATED
STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
|
|||||||||||
Years
ended December 31,
|
|||||||||||
2008
|
2007
|
2006
|
|||||||||
(Dollars
in thousands)
|
|||||||||||
Supplemental
disclosures of cash flow information:
|
|||||||||||
Interest
|
$ | 24,778 | $ | 27,216 | $ | 22,285 | |||||
Income
taxes
|
1,199 | 6,319 | 4,781 | ||||||||
Supplemental
schedule of non-cash investing activity:
|
|||||||||||
Transfer
of portfolio loans to loans held for sale
|
$ | - | $ | 972 | $ | - | |||||
Transfer
of loans held for sale to loan portfolio
|
- | 18,430 | 1,962 | ||||||||
Loans
transferred to foreclosed assets
|
1,098 | 1,062 | - | ||||||||
Summary
of assets acquired and liabilities assumed through
acquisition:
|
|||||||||||
Cash
and cash equivalents
|
- | 41,807 | - | ||||||||
Securities
available-for-sale
|
- | 12,214 | - | ||||||||
Net
loans
|
- | 203,805 | - | ||||||||
Goodwill
and other intangible assets
|
- | 48,506 | - | ||||||||
Premises
and equipment
|
- | 6,841 | - | ||||||||
Company
owned life insurance
|
- | 1,026 | - | ||||||||
Federal
Home Loan Bank Stock
|
- | 717 | - | ||||||||
Other
assets, net
|
- | 2,615 | - | ||||||||
Deposits
|
- | (249,023 | ) | - | |||||||
Other
liabilities
|
- | (1,711 | ) | - | |||||||
Common
stock issued to acquire Diablo Valley Bank
|
- | 41,397 | - | ||||||||
See
notes to consolidated financial
statements
|
54
HERITAGE
COMMERCE CORP
NOTES
TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(1)
Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
Description
of Business and Basis of Presentation
Heritage
Commerce Corp (the “Company”) operates as a bank holding company for its wholly
owned subsidiary Heritage Bank of Commerce (“HBC” or “the Bank”). HBC is a
California state chartered bank which offers a full range of commercial and
personal banking services to residents and the business/professional community
in Santa Clara, Alameda, and Contra Costa counties, California. As discussed in
Note 6, the Company acquired Diablo Valley Bank (“DVB”) on June 20, 2007 and
merged DVB into HBC. HBC was incorporated on November 23, 1993 and commenced
operations on June 8, 1994.
The
consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its
subsidiary bank. All inter- company accounts and transactions have
been eliminated.
The
Company also has four other subsidiaries, Heritage Capital Trust I and Heritage
Statutory Trust I, formed in 2000, Heritage Statutory Trust II, formed in 2001,
and Heritage Statutory Trust III, formed in 2002, which are Delaware statutory
business trusts formed for the exclusive purpose of issuing trust preferred
securities. These subsidiary trusts are not consolidated in the
Company’s consolidated financial statements and the subordinated debt payable to
subsidiary grantor trusts is recorded as debt of the Company to the related
trusts.
Use
of Estimates
The
preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles
generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make
estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and
liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of
the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses
during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those
estimates. The allowance for loan losses, goodwill and other
intangible assets, loan servicing rights, interest-only strip receivables,
defined benefit pension and other post-retirement obligations, purchase
accounting adjustments, and the fair values of financial instruments are
particularly subject to change.
Cash
and Cash Equivalents
Cash and
cash equivalents include cash on hand, amounts due from banks, and Federal funds
sold. Generally, Federal funds are sold and purchased for one-day
periods.
Cash
Flows
Net cash
flows are reported for customer loan and deposit transactions, Federal funds
purchased, notes payable, repurchase agreements and other short-term
borrowings.
Securities
The
Company classifies its securities as either available-for-sale or
held-to-maturity at the time of purchase. Securities
available-for-sale are recorded at fair value with a corresponding recognition
of the net unrealized holding gain or loss, net of deferred income taxes, as a
net amount within accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), which is a
separate component of shareholders’ equity. Securities held-to-maturity are
recorded at amortized cost, based on the Company’s positive intent and ability
to hold the securities to maturity. As of December 31, 2008 and 2007,
all of the Company’s securities were classified as
available-for-sale.
A decline
in the fair value of any available-for-sale or held-to-maturity security below
amortized cost that is deemed other than temporary results in a charge to
earnings and the corresponding establishment of a new cost basis for the
security. In estimating other-than-temporary losses, management
considers (1) the length of time and extent that fair value has been less than
cost, (2) the financial condition and near-term prospects of the issuer, and (3)
the Company’s ability and intent to hold the security for a period sufficient to
allow for any anticipated recovery in fair value.
Interest
income includes amortization of purchase premiums or
discount. Premiums and discounts are amortized, or accreted, over the
life of the related security as an adjustment to income using a method that
approximates the interest method. Realized gains and losses are recorded on the
trade date and determined using the specific identification method for the cost
of securities sold.
Federal
Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”) and Federal Reserve Bank (“FRB”) Stock
The Bank
is a member of the FHLB system. Members are required to own a certain
amount of stock based on the level of borrowings and other factors, and may
invest in additional amounts. FHLB stock is carried at cost,
classified as a restricted security, and periodically evaluated for
impairment. Because this stock is viewed as a long term investment,
impairment is based on ultimate recovery of par value. Both cash and
stock dividends are reported as income. The FHLB announced that it
will not pay any dividends for the fourth quarter of 2008. It is
uncertain when or if the FHLB will resume paying dividends.
The Bank
is also member of the FRB. FRB stock is classified as a restricted
security, and cash dividends are reported as income.
Loans
Held for Sale
The
Company held for sale the guaranteed portion of certain loans guaranteed by the
Small Business Administration or the U.S. Department of Agriculture
(collectively referred to as “SBA loans”). These loans were carried at the lower
of aggregate cost or market. Net unrealized losses, if any, were recorded as a
valuation allowance and charged to earnings. The Company has not sold any SBA
loans since the third quarter of 2007.
55
Gains or
losses on SBA loans held for sale were recognized upon completion of the sale,
based on the difference between the net sales proceeds and the relative fair
value of the guaranteed portion of the loan sold compared to the relative fair
value of the unguaranteed portion.
SBA loans
were sold with servicing retained. The servicing assets that result
from the sale of SBA loans consist of servicing rights and interest-only strip
receivables (“I/O strips”).
The
Company accounts for the sale and servicing of SBA loans based on the financial
and servicing assets it controls and liabilities it has incurred, derecognizing
financial assets when control has been surrendered, and derecognizing
liabilities when extinguished. Servicing rights are measured at their fair value
and are amortized in proportion to and over the period of net servicing income
and are assessed for impairment on an ongoing basis. Impairment is determined by
stratifying the servicing rights based on interest rates and
terms. Any servicing assets in excess of the contractually specified
servicing fees are reclassified at fair value as an I/O strip receivable and
treated like an available for sale security. Fair value is determined
using prices for similar assets with similar characteristics, when available, or
based upon discounted cash flows using market-based assumptions. Impairment is
recognized through a valuation allowance. The servicing rights, net of any
required valuation allowance, and I/O strip receivable are included in other
assets.
In March,
2006, FASB issued Statement 156, Accounting for Servicing of
Financial Assets - An Amendment of FASB Statement No. 140. This standard
amends the guidance in Statement 140, with respect to the accounting for
separately recognized servicing assets and servicing
liabilities. Among other requirements, Statement 156 requires
an entity to recognize a servicing asset or servicing liability each time it
undertakes an obligation to service a financial asset by entering into a
servicing contract in certain situations, including a transfer of loans with
servicing retained that meets the requirements for sale
accounting. Statement 156 is effective as of the beginning of an
entity’s first fiscal year that begins after September 15, 2006. The
adoption of this standard did not have a material impact on the Company’s
financial statements.
Loans
Loans
that management has the intent and ability to hold for the foreseeable future or
until maturity or payoff are stated at the principal amount outstanding, net of
deferred loan origination fees and costs and an allowance for loan
losses. The majority of the Company’s loans have variable interest
rates. Interest on loans is accrued on the unpaid principal balance and is
credited to income using the effective yield interest method.
Generally,
if a loan is classified as non-accrual, the accrual of interest is discontinued,
any accrued and unpaid interest is reversed, and the amortization of deferred
loan fees and costs is discontinued. Loans are classified as non-accrual when
the payment of principal or interest is 90 days past due, unless the loan is
well secured and in the process of collection. Any interest or principal
payments received on nonaccrual loans are applied toward reduction of principal.
Nonaccrual loans generally are not returned to performing status until the
obligation is brought current, the loan has performed in accordance with the
contract terms for a reasonable period of time, and the ultimate collectability
of the contractual principal and interest is no longer in doubt.
Non-refundable
loan fees and direct origination costs are deferred and recognized over the
expected lives of the related loans using the effective yield interest
method.
Allowance
for Loan Losses
The
Company maintains an allowance for loan losses to absorb probable losses
incurred in the loan portfolio. The allowance is based on ongoing, quarterly
assessments of probable estimated losses. Loans are charged against the
allowance when management believes that the uncollectibility of a loan balance
is confirmed. The allowance is increased by the provision for loan losses, which
is charged against current period operating results, and decreased by loan
charge-offs, net of recoveries. The Company’s methodology for assessing the
adequacy of the allowance consists of several key elements, which include the
formula allowance and specific allowances.
The
formula allowance is calculated by applying loss factors to pools of outstanding
loans. Loss factors are based on the Company’s historical loss experience,
adjusted for significant factors that, in management’s judgment, affect the
collectability of the portfolio as of the evaluation date. The adjustment
factors for the formula allowance may include current economic and business
conditions affecting the key lending areas of the Company, in particular the
technology industry and the real estate market, credit quality trends,
collateral values, loan volumes and concentrations, specific industry conditions
within portfolio segments, recent loss experience in particular segments of the
portfolio, duration of the current business cycle, and bank regulatory
examination results. The evaluation of the inherent loss with respect to these
conditions is subject to a higher degree of uncertainty.
Specific
allowances are established for impaired loans, but the entire allowance is
available for any loan that, in management’s judgment, should be charged
off. Management considers a loan to be impaired when it is probable
that the Company will be unable to collect all amounts due according to the
original contractual terms of the loan agreement. When a loan is considered to
be impaired, the amount of impairment is measured based on the present value of
expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate, or
the fair value of the collateral if the loan is collateral
dependent. Commercial, land and construction and commercial real
estate loans are individually evaluated for impairment. Large groups
of smaller balance homogeneous loans, such as consumer and residential real
estate loans, are collectively evaluated for impairment and, accordingly, they
are not separately identified for impairment disclosures.
Loan
Commitments and Related Financial Instruments
Financial
instruments include off-balance sheet credit instruments, such as commitments to
make loans and commercial letters of credit, issued to meet customer financing
needs. The face amount for these items represents the exposure to
loss, before considering customer collateral or ability to
repay. Such financial instruments are recorded when they are
funded.
Loss
Contingencies
Loss
contingencies, including claims and legal actions arising in the ordinary course
of business, are recorded as liabilities when the likelihood of loss is probable
and an amount or range of loss can be reasonably
estimated. Management does not believe that the ultimate loss from
such matters, if any, will have a material effect on the financial
statements.
56
Company
Owned Life Insurance
The
Company has purchased life insurance policies on certain directors and officers.
Company owned life insurance is recorded at the amount that can be realized
under the insurance contract at the balance sheet date, which is the cash
surrender value adjusted for other charges or other amounts due that are
probable at settlement.
In
September 2006, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Emerging
Issues Task Force (“EITF”) finalized Issue No. 06-4, Accounting for Deferred Compensation
and Postretirement Benefit Aspects of Endorsement Split-Dollar Life Insurance
Arrangements. This issue requires that a liability be recorded
during the service period when a split-dollar life insurance agreement continues
after a participant’s employment or retirement. The required accrued
liability is based on either the post-employment benefit cost for the continuing
life insurance or the future death benefit depending on the contractual terms of
the underlying agreement. The Company adopted EITF 06-4 on January 1,
2008. The adoption of EITF 06-4 resulted in a cumulative effect adjustment to
retained earnings of $3.2 million, net of deferred income taxes, at January 1,
2008. For the year ended December 31, 2008, the adoption of EITF 06-4 resulted
in noninterest expense of $196,000. Under the prior accounting method
used by management, the Company recorded noninterest expense of $194,000 and
$171,000 in 2007 and 2006, respectively.
Goodwill
and Intangible Assets
Goodwill
results from the acquisition of Diablo Valley Bank and represents the excess of
the purchase price over the fair value of acquired tangible assets and
liabilities and identifiable intangible assets. Goodwill is assessed
at least annually for impairment and any such impairment is recognized in the
period identified.
Other
intangible assets consist of core deposit and customer relationship intangible
assets arising from the Diablo Valley Bank acquisition. They are
initially measured at fair value and then are amortized on an accelerated method
over their estimated useful lives. The core deposits and customer relationship
intangible assets are being amortized over ten and seven years,
respectively.
Retirement
Plans
Pension
expense is the net of service and interest cost, return on plan assets and
amortization of gains and losses not immediately recognized. Employee
401(k) and profit sharing plan expense is the amount of matching
contributions. Deferred compensation and supplemental retirement plan
expense allocates the benefits over years of service.
Other
Postretirement Benefit Plan
The
Company has purchased insurance on the lives of the directors and executive
officers participating in the nonqualified defined benefit plan. The
purchased insurance is subject to split-dollar life insurance agreements with
the insured participants, which continues after the participant’s employment and
retirement. The accrued benefit liability for the split-dollar
insurance agreements represents the present value of the future death benefits
payable to the participants’ beneficiaries.
Premises
and Equipment
Land is
carried at cost. Premises and equipment are stated at cost. Depreciation and
amortization are computed on the straight-line basis over the lesser of the
respective lease terms or estimated useful lives. The Company owns
one building which is being depreciated over 40 years. Furniture, equipment, and
leasehold improvements are depreciated over estimated useful lives generally
ranging from five to fifteen years. The Company evaluates the recoverability of
long-lived assets on an on-going basis.
Income
Taxes
The
Company files consolidated Federal and combined state income tax
returns. Income tax expense is the total of the current year income
tax payable or refundable and the change in deferred tax assets and
liabilities. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are the expected
future tax amounts for the temporary differences between carrying amounts and
tax basis of assets and liabilities, computed using enacted tax
rates. A valuation allowance, if needed, reduces deferred tax assets
to the amount expected to be realized.
The
Company adopted FASB Interpretation 48 (“FIN 48”) “Accounting for Uncertainty in
Income Taxes”, as of January 1, 2007. Under FIN 48, a tax position is
recognized as a benefit only if it is “more likely than not” that the tax
position would be sustained in a tax examination, with a tax examination being
presumed to occur. The amount recognized is the largest amount of tax
benefit that is greater than 50% likely of being realized on
examination. For tax positions not meeting the “more likely than not”
test, no tax benefit is recorded. The adoption of this standard did not have a
material impact on the Company’s financial statements.
The
Company recognizes interest related to income tax matters as interest expense
and penalties related to income tax matters as other noninterest
expense.
Earnings
per Share
Basic
earnings per share are computed by dividing net income, less dividends and
discount accretion on preferred stock, by the weighted average common shares
outstanding. Diluted earnings per share reflect potential dilution from
outstanding stock options, unvested restricted stock, and common stock warrants,
using the treasury stock method. There were 815,865, 447,526
and 167,763 stock options for 2008, 2007, and 2006 that were considered to be
antidilutive and excluded from the computation of diluted earnings per
share. For each of the years presented, net income available to
shareholders is the same for basic and diluted earnings per share.
Reconciliation of weighted average shares used in computing basic and diluted
earnings per share is as follows:
Year ended December
31,
|
|||||||||
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|||
Weighted
average common shares outstanding - used in computing basic
earnings per share
|
11,962,012
|
12,398,270
|
11,725,671
|
||||||
Dilutive
effect of stock options outstanding,using the treasury stock
method
|
53,507
|
138,470
|
230,762
|
||||||
Shares
used in computing diluted earnings per share
|
12,015,519
|
12,536,740
|
11,956,433
|
||||||
57
Stock-Based
Compensation
Compensation
cost is recognized for stock options and restricted stock awards issued to
employees, based on the fair value of these awards at the date of grant. A
Black-Scholes model is utilized to estimate the fair value of stock options,
while the market price of the Company’s common stock at the date of grant is
used for restricted stock awards. Compensation cost is recognized over the
required service period, generally defined as the vesting period. For awards
with graded vesting, compensation cost is recognized on a straight-line basis
over the requisite service period for the entire award.
Comprehensive
Income
Comprehensive
income includes net income and other comprehensive income. The Company’s sources
of other comprehensive income are unrealized gains and losses on securities
available-for-sale and I/O strips, which are treated like available-for-sale
securities, and the liabilities related to the Company’s supplemental retirement
plan and the split-dollar life insurance post retirement benefit
plan. The items in other comprehensive income are presented net of
deferred income tax effects. Reclassification adjustments result from gains or
losses on securities that were realized and included in net income of the
current period that also had been included in other comprehensive income as
unrealized holding gains and losses.
The
following is a summary of the components of other comprehensive income
(loss):
Year
ended December 31,
|
|||||||||
2008
|
2007
|
2006
|
|||||||
(Dollars
in thousands)
|
|||||||||
Net
unrealized gains on available-for-sale of securities and I/O
strips
|
$ | 2,641 | $ | 1,766 | $ | 650 | |||
Less:
Deferred income tax
|
(1,109) | (738) | (273) | ||||||
Net
unrealized gains on available-for-sale
|
|||||||||
securities
and I/O strips, net of deferred income tax
|
1,532 | 1,028 | 377 | ||||||
Net
pension and other post retirement plan liability
adjustment
|
(1,615) | 137 | 601 | ||||||
Less:
Deferred income tax
|
680 | (58) | (252) | ||||||
Net
pension and other post retirement plan liability adjustment, net of
deferred income tax
|
(935) | 79 | 349 | ||||||
Other
comprehensive income
|
$ | 597 | $ | 1,107 | $ | 726 | |||
Accumulated
other comprehensive income consisted of the following items, net of deferred
income tax, at year-end.
2008
|
2007
|
|||||
(Dollars
in thousands)
|
||||||
Unrealized
net gains on securities available-for-sale and I/O strips
|
$ | 1,668 | $ | 136 | ||
Net
pension and other post retirement plan liability
adjustment
|
(1,959) | (1,024) | ||||
Accumulated
other comprehensive loss
|
$ | (291) | $ | (888) | ||
Segment
Reporting
HBC is an
independent community business bank with ten branch offices that offer similar
products to customers. No customer accounts for more than 10 percent of revenue
for HBC or the Company. While the chief decision-makers monitor the
revenue streams of the various products and services, operations are managed and
financial performance is evaluated on a Company wide basis. Management evaluates
the Company’s performance as a whole and does not allocate resources based on
the performance of different lending or transaction
activities. Accordingly, the Company and its subsidiary bank all
operate as one business segment.
Reclassifications
Certain
amounts in the 2007 and 2006 financial statements have been reclassified to
conform to the 2008 presentation.
Adoption
of Other New Accounting Standards
In
September 2006, FASB issued Statement 157, Fair Value Measurements. This
Statement defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value,
and expands disclosures about fair value measurements. This Statement applies
under other accounting pronouncements that require or permit fair value
measurements, FASB having previously concluded in those accounting
pronouncements that fair value is the relevant measurement attribute. This
Statement is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years
beginning after November 15, 2007, and interim periods within those fiscal
years. In February 2008, the FASB issued Staff Position (“FSP”) 157-2, “Effective Date of FASB Statement No.
157.” This FSP delays the effective date of FAS 157 for all
nonfinancial assets and nonfinancial liabilities, except those that are
recognized or disclosed at fair value on a recurring basis (at least annually)
to fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2008, and interim periods within
those fiscal years. The Company adopted this accounting standard on January 1,
2008. On October 10, 2008 the FASB issued FSP 157-3, Determining the Fair Value of a
Financial Asset When the Market for that Asset Is Not Active, which
illustrates key considerations in determining the fair value of a financial
asset when the market for that asset is not active. FSP 157-3
provides clarification for how to consider various inputs in determining fair
value under current market conditions consistent with the principles of FAS 157.
FSP 157-3 became effective upon issuance. Except for additional disclosures in
the notes to the financial statements, adoption of Statement 157 has not
impacted the Company.
58
In
February 2007, FASB issued Statement 159, The Fair Value Option for Financial
Assets and Financial Liabilities. This Statement provides companies with
an option to report selected financial assets and liabilities at fair
value. The standard’s objective is to reduce both complexity in accounting
for financial instruments and the volatility in earnings caused by measuring
related assets and liabilities differently. The standard requires
companies to provide additional information that will help investors and other
users of financial statements to more easily understand the effect of the
company’s choice to use fair value on its earnings. It also requires entities to
display the fair value of those assets and liabilities for which the company has
chosen to use fair value on the face of the balance sheet. Statement 159
does not eliminate disclosure requirements included in other accounting
standards, including requirements for disclosures about fair value measurements
included in Statements 157, Fair Value Measurements, and
107, Disclosures about Fair
Value of Financial Instruments. This statement was effective
for the Company as of January 1, 2008. The Company did not elect the fair value
option for any financial instruments.
On
November 5, 2007, the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) issued Staff
Accounting Bulletin No. 109, Written Loan Commitments Recorded at
Fair Value through Earnings (“SAB 109”). Previously, Staff
Accounting Bulletin 105,
Application of Accounting Principles to Loan Commitments (“SAB 105”),
stated that in measuring the fair value of a loan commitment, a company should
not incorporate the expected net future cash flows related to the associated
servicing of the loan. SAB 109 supersedes SAB 105 and indicates that
the expected net future cash flows related to the associated servicing of the
loan should be included in measuring fair value for all written loan commitments
that are accounted for at fair value through earnings. SAB 105 also
indicated that internally-developed intangible assets should not be recorded as
part of the fair value of a derivative loan commitment, and SAB 109 retains that
view. SAB 109 is effective for derivative loan commitments issued or
modified in fiscal quarters beginning after December 15, 2007. The
adoption of this standard did not have a material impact on the Company’s
financial statements.
Newly
Issued, but not yet Effective Accounting Standards
In
December 2007, FASB issued Statement 141 (revised 2007), Business Combinations, which establishes
principles and requirements for how an acquirer recognizes and measures in its
financial statements the identifiable assets acquired, the liabilities assumed,
and any noncontrolling interest in an acquiree, including the recognition and
measurement of goodwill acquired in a business combination. This
Statement is effective for fiscal years beginning on or after December 15,
2008. Earlier adoption is prohibited. The adoption of this
standard is not expected to have a material effect on the Company's results of
operations or financial position.
In
December 2007, FASB issued Statement 160, Noncontrolling Interests in
Consolidated Financial Statements. This statement is intended to improve
the relevance, comparability, and transparency of the financial information that
a reporting entity provides in its consolidated financial statements by
establishing accounting and reporting standards for the noncontrolling interest
in a subsidiary and for the deconsolidation of a subsidiary. This Statement will
be effective for fiscal years and interim periods within those fiscal years
beginning on or after December 15, 2008. The adoption of this standard is not
expected to have a material impact on the Company’s financial
statements.
In March
2008, FASB issued Statement 161, Disclosures about Derivative
Instruments and Hedging Activities, an Amendment of FASB Statement No.
133. This statement changes the disclosure requirements for derivative
instruments and hedging activities. Entities are required to provide enhanced
disclosures about (a) how and why an entity uses derivative instruments, (b) how
derivative instruments and related hedged items are accounted for under
Statement 133 and its related interpretations, and (c) how derivative
instruments and related hedged items affect an entity’s financial position,
financial performance, and cash flows. This Statement is effective for financial
statements issued for fiscal years and interim periods beginning after November
15, 2008. The adoption of this standard is not expected to have a material
impact on the Company’s financial statements.
(2)
Securities
The
amortized cost and estimated fair value of securities at year-end were as
follows:
Gross
|
Gross
|
Estimated
|
||||||||||
2008
|
Amortized
|
Unrealized
|
Unrealized
|
Fair
|
||||||||
Cost
|
Gains
|
Losses
|
Value
|
|||||||||
(Dollars
in thousands)
|
||||||||||||
Securities
available-for-sale:
|
||||||||||||
U.S.
Treasury
|
$ | 19,370 | $ | 126 | $ | - | $ | 19,496 | ||||
U.S.
Government Sponsored Entities
|
8,457 | 239 | - | 8,696 | ||||||||
Municipals
- Tax Exempt
|
696 | 5 | - | 701 | ||||||||
Mortgage-Backed
Securities
|
68,180 | 1,241 | (385) | 69,036 | ||||||||
Collateralized
Mortgage Obligations
|
6,370 | 198 | (22) | 6,546 | ||||||||
Total
securities available-for-sale
|
$ | 103,073 | $ | 1,809 | $ | (407) | $ | 104,475 | ||||
Gross
|
Gross
|
Estimated
|
||||||||||
2007
|
Amortized
|
Unrealized
|
Unrealized
|
Fair
|
||||||||
Cost
|
Gains
|
Losses
|
Value
|
|||||||||
Securities
available-for-sale:
|
(Dollars
in thousands)
|
|||||||||||
U.S.
Treasury
|
$ | 4,942 | $ | 49 | $ | - | $ | 4,991 | ||||
U.S.
Government Sponsored Entities
|
35,578 | 256 | (31) | 35,803 | ||||||||
Municipals
- Tax Exempt
|
4,139 | - | (25) | 4,114 | ||||||||
Mortgage-Backed
Securities
|
83,811 | 322 | (1,087) | 83,046 | ||||||||
Collateralized
Mortgage Obligations
|
7,369 | 162 | (83) | 7,448 | ||||||||
Total
securities available-for-sale
|
$ | 135,839 | $ | 789 | $ | (1,226) | $ | 135,402 | ||||
Securities
classified as U.S. Government Sponsored Entities as of December 31, 2008 were
issued by the Federal National Mortgage Association (“Fannie Mae”), Federal Home
Loan Mortgage Corporation (“Freddie Mac”), and the Federal Home Loan Bank. At
December 31, 2008, all mortgage-backed securities and collateralized mortgage
obligations were issued by Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac, or the Government National
Mortgage Association.
59
At year
end 2008 and 2007, there were no holdings of securities of any one issuer, other
than the U.S. Government and its sponsored entities, in an amount greater than
10% of shareholders’ equity. The Company has not made or purchased so-called
subprime loans or securities, nor does it own any Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac
equity securities.
No
securities were sold in 2008, 2007 or 2006.
Securities
with unrealized losses at year end, aggregated by investment category and length
of time that individual securities have been in a continuous unrealized loss
position, are as follows:
Less
Than 12 Months
|
12
Months or More
|
Total
|
||||||||||||||||
2008
|
Fair
|
Unrealized
|
Fair
|
Unrealized
|
Fair
|
Unrealized
|
||||||||||||
Value
|
Losses
|
Value
|
Losses
|
Value
|
Losses
|
|||||||||||||
(Dollars
in thousands)
|
||||||||||||||||||
Mortgage-Backed
Securities
|
$ | 4,727 | $ | (27) | $ | 14,327 | $ | (358) | $ | 19,054 | $ | (385) | ||||||
Collateralized
Mortgage Obligations
|
- | - | 1,872 | (22) | 1,872 | (22) | ||||||||||||
Total
|
$ | 4,727 | $ | (27) | $ | 16,199 | $ | (380) | $ | 20,926 | $ | (407) | ||||||
Less Than 12
Months
|
12 Months or
More
|
Total
|
||||||||||||||||
2007
|
Fair
|
|
Unrealized
|
|
Fair
|
|
Unrealized
|
|
Fair
|
|
Unrealized
|
|||||||
|
|
Value
|
|
Losses
|
|
Value
|
|
Losses
|
|
Value
|
|
Losses
|
||||||
(Dollars
in thousands)
|
||||||||||||||||||
U.S.
Government Agencies
|
1,251
|
(1)
|
|
2,969
|
(30)
|
|
4,220
|
(31)
|
||||||||||
Mortgage-Backed
Securities
|
2,132
|
(7)
|
|
55,817
|
(1,080)
|
|
57,949
|
(1,087)
|
||||||||||
Municipals
- Tax Exempt
|
-
|
-
|
4,117
|
(25)
|
|
4,117
|
(25)
|
|||||||||||
Collateralized
Mortgage Obligations
|
-
|
-
|
2,447
|
(83)
|
|
2,447
|
(83)
|
|||||||||||
Total
|
$
|
3,383
|
$
|
(8)
|
|
$
|
65,350
|
$
|
(1,218)
|
|
$
|
68,733
|
$
|
(1,226)
|
||||
At
December 31, 2008, the Company held 65 securities, of which six had fair values
below amortized cost. Four securities have been carried with an unrealized loss
for over 12 months. Unrealized losses were primarily due to higher
interest rates. No security sustained a downgrade in credit
rating. The issuers are of high credit quality and all principal
amounts are expected to be paid when securities mature. The fair value is
expected to recover as the securities approach their maturity date and/or market
rates decline. Because the Company has the ability and intent to hold
these securities until a recovery of fair value, which may be maturity, the
Company does not consider these securities to be other-than-temporarily impaired
at December 31, 2008.
At
December 31, 2007, the Company held 78 securities, of which 37 had fair values
below amortized cost. Thirty-one securities have been carried with an unrealized
loss for over 12 months. Unrealized losses were primarily due to
higher interest rates. No security sustained a downgrade in credit
rating. The issuers are of high credit quality and all principal
amounts are expected to be paid when securities mature. The fair value is
expected to recover as the securities approach their maturity date and/or market
rates decline. Because the Company has the ability and intent to hold
these securities until a recovery of fair value, which may be maturity, the
Company did not consider these securities to be other-than-temporarily impaired
at December 31, 2007.
The
amortized cost and estimated fair values of securities as of December 31, 2008,
by contractual maturity, are shown below. Expected maturities will differ from
contractual maturities because borrowers may have the right to call or pre-pay
obligations with or without call or pre-payment penalties.
Available-for-sale
|
|||||||
Amortized
Cost
|
Estimated
Fair Value
|
||||||
(Dollars
in thousands)
|
|||||||
Due
within one year
|
$ | 28,544 | $ | 28,913 | |||
Due
after one through five years
|
2,632 | 2,636 | |||||
Due
after five through ten years
|
29,414 | 30,197 | |||||
Due
after ten years
|
42,483 | 42,729 | |||||
Total
|
$ | 103,073 | $ | 104,475 | |||
Securities
with amortized cost of $99,486,000 and $42,174,000 as of December 31, 2008 and
2007 were pledged to secure public and certain other deposits as required by law
or contract.
60
(3)
Loans and Loan Servicing
Loans at
year-end were as follows:
2008
|
2007
|
|||||
(Dollars
in thousands)
|
||||||
Loans
held for investment
|
||||||
Commercial
|
$ | 525,080 | $ | 411,251 | ||
Real
estate - mortgage
|
405,530 | 361,211 | ||||
Real
estate - land and construction
|
256,567 | 215,597 | ||||
Home
equity
|
55,490 | 44,187 | ||||
Consumer
|
4,310 | 3,044 | ||||
Loans
|
1,246,977 | 1,035,290 | ||||
Deferred
loan origination costs and fees, net
|
1,654 | 1,175 | ||||
Loans,
net of deferred costs
|
1,248,631 | 1,036,465 | ||||
Allowance
for loan losses
|
(25,007) | (12,218) | ||||
Loans,
net
|
$ | 1,223,624 | $ | 1,024,247 | ||
Real
estate mortgage loans are primarily secured by mortgages on commercial
property.
Changes
in the allowance for loan losses were as follows:
Year
ended December 31,
|
|||||||||
2008
|
2007
|
2006
|
|||||||
(Dollars
in thousands)
|
|||||||||
Balance,
beginning of year
|
$ | 12,218 | $ | 9,279 | $ | 10,224 | |||
Loans
charged-off
|
(2,806) | (104) | (831) | ||||||
Recoveries
|
58 | 929 | 389 | ||||||
Net
recoveries (charge-offs)
|
(2,748) | 825 | (442) | ||||||
Provision
for loan losses
|
15,537 | (11) | (503) | ||||||
Allowance
acquired in bank acquisition
|
- | 2,125 | - | ||||||
Balance,
end of year
|
$ | 25,007 | $ | 12,218 | $ | 9,279 | |||
Impaired loans were as follows:
|
2008
|
2007
|
||||
(Dollars
in thousands)
|
||||||
Year-end
loans with no allocated allowance for loan losses
|
$ | 10,745 | $ | 439 | ||
Year-end
loans with allocated allowance for loan losses
|
50,805 | 6,620 | ||||
Total
|
$ | 61,550 | $ | 7,059 | ||
|
2008
|
2007
|
2006
|
||||||
(Dollars
in thousands)
|
|||||||||
Amount
of the allowance for loan losses allocated at year-end
|
$ | 10,581 | $ | 1,478 | $ | 1,226 | |||
Average
of impaired loans during the year
|
$ | 34,295 | $ | 8,329 | $ | 13,551 | |||
Cash
basis interest income recognized during impairment
|
$ | 246 | $ | 103 | $ | 28 | |||
Interest
income during impairment
|
$ | 554 | $ | 1,031 | $ | 1,012 |
Nonperforming
loans include both smaller dollar balance homogenous loans that are collectively
evaluated for impairment and individually classified
loans. Nonperforming loans were as follows at year-end:
|
2008
|
2007
|
||||
(Dollars in
thousands)
|
||||||
Loans
past due over 90 days still on accrual
|
$ | 460 | $ | 101 | ||
Nonaccrual
loans
|
$ | 39,981 | $ | 3,363 |
Concentrations
of credit risk arise when a number of clients are engaged in similar business
activities, or activities in the same geographic region, or have similar
features that would cause their ability to meet contractual obligations to be
similarly affected by changes in economic conditions. The Company’s loan
portfolio is concentrated in commercial (primarily manufacturing, wholesale, and
service) and real estate lending, with the balance in consumer loans. While no
specific industry concentration is considered significant, the Company’s lending
operations are located in the Company’s market areas that are dependent on the
technology and real estate industries and their supporting companies. Thus, the
Company’s borrowers could be adversely impacted by a downturn in these sectors
of the economy which could reduce the demand for loans and adversely impact the
borrowers’ ability to repay their loans.
61
HBC makes
loans to executive officers, directors, and their affiliates. The following
table presents the loans outstanding to these related
parties:
|
2008
|
||
(Dollars in
thousands)
|
|||
Balance,
beginning of year
|
$ | 502 | |
Advances
on loans during the year
|
3,217 | ||
Repayment
on loans during the year
|
(3,717) | ||
Balance,
end of year
|
$ | 2 | |
At
December 31, 2008and 2007, the Company serviced SBA loans sold to the secondary
market of approximately $150,172,000 and $177,161,000.
Activity
for loan servicing rights follows:
|
2008
|
2007
|
||||
(Dollars in
thousands)
|
||||||
Beginning
of year balance
|
$ | 1,754 | $ | 2,154 | ||
Additions
|
- | 575 | ||||
Amortization
|
(741) | (975) | ||||
End
of year balance
|
$ | 1,103 | $ | 1,754 | ||
Loan
servicing income is reported net of amortization. There was no valuation
allowance as of December 31, 2008 and 2007, as the fair market value of the
assets was greater than the carrying value. The estimated fair value of loan
servicing rights was $2,093,000 and $2,333,000 at December 31, 2008 and
2007.
Servicing
assets represent the servicing spread generated from the sold guaranteed
portions of SBA and other guaranteed loans. The weighted average
servicing rate for all loans serviced was 1.56% and 1.60% at December 31, 2008
and 2007, respectively. In recording the initial value of the servicing rights
and the fair value of the I/O strip receivable, the Company used estimates which
are based on management’s expectations of future prepayment and discount rates.
Management’s estimate of constant prepayment rate (“CPR”) was 18.7% for the year
ended December 31, 2007. The weighted average discount rate
assumption was 9.7% for the year ended December 31, 2007. These
prepayment and discount rates were based on current market conditions and
historical performance of the various loan pools. If actual
prepayments with respect to sold loans occur more quickly than projected, the
carrying value of the servicing rights may have to be adjusted through a charge
to earnings. A corresponding decrease in the value of the I/O strip
receivable would also be expected.
Management
reviews key economic assumptions used in the FASB Statement 140 accounting model
to establish the value of the I/O strip on a quarterly basis. The Bank has
completed a sensitivity analysis to determine the impact on the value of the
asset in the event of a 10% and 20% adverse change, independently from any
change in another key assumption. This test involved the CPR assumption and the
discount rate assumptions. The value of the I/O strip can be
adversely impacted by a significant increase in either the prepayment speed of
the portfolio or a significant increase in the discount rate.
At
December 31, 2008, key economic assumptions and the sensitivity of the current
fair value of residual cash flows on the I/O strip to immediate 10 percent and
20 percent adverse changes in the prepayment spread assumption, as well as one
percent and two percent changes to the discount rate assumption, are as
follows:
(Dollars
in thousands)
|
|||
Carrying
amount/fair value of Interest-Only (I/O) strip
|
$ | 2,248 | |
Weighted
average life (in years)
|
3.3 | ||
Prepayment
speed assumption (annual rate)
|
22.6% | ||
Impact
on fair value of 10% adverse change in prepayment speed (CPR
24.9%)
|
$ | (138) | |
Impact
on fair value of 20% adverse change in prepayment speed (CPR
27.1%)
|
$ | (261) | |
Residual
cash flow discount rate assumption (annual)
|
14.0% | ||
Impact
on fair value of 1% adverse change in discount rate (15.0% discount
rate)
|
$ | (57) | |
Impact
on fair value of 2% adverse change in discount rate (16.0% discount
rate)
|
$ | (111) |
|
2008
|
2007
|
||||
(Dollars in
thousands)
|
||||||
Beginning
of year balance
|
$ | 2,332 | $ | 4,537 | ||
Additions
|
- | 27 | ||||
Amortization
|
(886) | (991) | ||||
Unrealized
loss
|
802 | (1,241) | ||||
End
of year balance
|
$ | 2,248 | $ | 2,332 | ||
62
(4)
Premises and Equipment
Premises
and equipment at year end were as follows:
|
2008
|
2007
|
||||
(Dollars in
thousands)
|
||||||
Building
|
$ | 3,256 | $ | 3,243 | ||
Land
|
2,900 | 2,900 | ||||
Furniture
and equipment
|
6,299 | 6,031 | ||||
Leasehold
improvements
|
4,579 | 4,864 | ||||
17,034 | 17,038 | |||||
Accumulated
depreciation and amortization
|
(7,517) | (7,730) | ||||
Premises
and equipment, net
|
$ | 9,517 | $ | 9,308 | ||
Depreciation
expense was $1,022,000, $776,000 and $662,000 in 2008, 2007, and 2006,
respectively.
(5)
Goodwill and Intangible Assets
Goodwill
The
change in balance for goodwill during the year follows:
2008
|
2007
|
||||||
(Dollars
in thousands)
|
|||||||
Beginning
of year balance
|
$ | 43,181 | $ | - | |||
Acquired
goodwill during the year
|
- | 43,181 | |||||
End
of year balance
|
$ | 43,181 | $ | 43,181 | |||
Acquired Intangible Assets
Core
deposit and customer relationship intangible assets acquired in the 2007
acquisition of Diablo Valley Bank were $5,049,000 and $276,000, respectively.
Accumulated amortization of these intangible assets was $1,093,000 and $352,000
at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively.
Estimated
amortization expense for each of the next five years:
|
(Dollars
in thousands)
|
||
2009
|
$ | 642 | |
2010
|
575 | ||
2011
|
523 | ||
2012
|
492 | ||
2013
|
470 |
(6)
Acquisition of Diablo Valley Bank
The
Company completed its acquisition of Diablo Valley Bank on June 20,
2007. The transaction was valued at approximately $65 million,
including payments for cancellation of options for Diablo Valley Bank common
stock. The merger consideration consisted of approximately $24
million in cash and the issuance of 1,732,298 shares of the Company’s common
stock in exchange for all outstanding Diablo Valley Bank shares and stock
options. Prior to closing, Diablo Valley Bank redeemed all of its
outstanding Series A Preferred Stock for an aggregate of approximately $6.7
million in cash (including dividend payments). The consolidated
financial statements of the Company for the year ended December 31, 2007 include
purchase accounting adjustments to record the assets and liabilities of Diablo
Valley Bank at their estimated fair values.
63
The
following table summarizes the estimated fair values of the assets acquired and
liabilities assumed at the date of
acquisition.
(Dollars in thousands)
|
|||
Cash
and cash equivalents
|
$ | 41,807 | |
Securities
available-for-sale
|
12,214 | ||
Net
loans
|
203,805 | ||
Goodwill
|
43,181 | ||
Core
deposit and customer relationship intangible assets
|
5,325 | ||
Premises
and equipment
|
6,841 | ||
Corporate
owned life insurance
|
1,026 | ||
Federal
Home Loan Bank Stock
|
717 | ||
Other
assets, net
|
2,615 | ||
Total
assets acquired
|
317,531 | ||
Deposits
|
(249,023) | ||
Other
liabilities
|
(1,711) | ||
Total
liabilities
|
(250,734) | ||
Net
assets acquired
|
$ | 66,797 | |
None of
the goodwill is deductible for tax purposes.
The
Company’s cost to acquire Diablo Valley Bank is summarized as
follows:
(Dollars
in thousands)
|
|||
Cash
paid to Diablo Valley Bank common shareholders and stock option
holders
|
$ | 24,002 | |
Common
stock issued to Diablo Valley Bank shareholders
|
41,397 | ||
Total
consideration
|
65,399 | ||
Professional
fees and other acquisition costs
|
1,398 | ||
Net
assets acquired
|
$ | 66,797 | |
Diablo
Valley Bank was acquired by the Company for several reasons. Diablo
Valley Bank was a profitable and fast growing bank in a geographic area where
the Company wanted to expand. Diablo Valley Bank had experienced
staff and the acquisition also enhanced the Company’s position in the East Bay
area in the cities of Danville and Pleasanton.
The
following table presents pro forma information as if the acquisition had
occurred at the beginning of 2007. The pro forma financial information is not
necessarily indicative of the results of operations as they would have been had
the transaction been effected on the assumed date and is not intended to be a
projection of future results.
Unaudited
|
|||
|
2007
|
||
(Dollars in thousands, except per share
data)
|
|||
Net
interest income
|
$ | 56,805 | |
Net
income
|
$ | 15,193 | |
Net
income per common share - basic
|
$ | 1.15 | |
Net
income per common share - diluted
|
$ | 1.14 |
(7)
Deposits
The
following table presents the scheduled maturities of time deposits, including
brokered deposits, for the next five years:
|
December
31, 2008
|
||
(Dollars in thousands)
|
|||
2009
|
$ | 325,598 | |
2010
|
66,631 | ||
2011
|
17,890 | ||
2012
|
- | ||
2013
|
13 | ||
Total
|
$ | 413,132 | |
Deposits
from executive officers, directors, and their affiliates were $11,858,000 and
$9,691,000 at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively.
64
(8)
Borrowing Arrangements
FHLB
Borrowings & Available Lines of Credit
The
Company maintains a collateralized line of credit with the Federal Home Loan
Bank (“the FHLB”) of San Francisco. Under this line, the Company can
borrow from the FHLB on a short-term (typically overnight) or long-term (over
one year) basis. As of December 31, 2008, the Company had $55 million of
overnight borrowings from the FHLB, bearing interest at 0.05%. As of
December 31, 2007, the Company had $60 million of overnight borrowings from the
FHLB, bearing interest at 4.05%. The Company has $289 million of
loans and no securities pledged to the FHLB as collateral on a line of credit of
$122 million at December 31, 2008.
At
December 31, 2008, the Company has Federal funds purchase arrangements and lines
of credit available of $65 million. There were no Federal funds
purchased at December 31, 2008 and 2007.
The
Company also had an unsecured $15 million line of credit with a correspondent
bank, all of which was outstanding as of December 31, 2008. The line of credit
had a variable rate of interest and was unsecured. The Company repaid all
of the obligations under the line of credit on March 3, 2009, thus terminating
the line of credit facility.
Securities
Sold Under Agreements to Repurchase
Securities
sold under agreements to repurchase are secured by mortgage-backed securities
carried at approximately $40 million and $13 million, respectively, at December
31, 2008 and 2007.
Securities
sold under agreements to repurchase are financing arrangements that mature
within two and a half years. At maturity, the securities underlying the
agreements are returned to the Company. Information concerning securities sold
under agreements to repurchase is summarized as follows:
December
31,
|
|||||||||
2008
|
2007
|
2006
|
|||||||
(Dollars
in thousands)
|
|||||||||
Average
balance during the year
|
$ | 32,030 | $ | 14,504 | $ | 25,429 | |||
Average
interest rate during the year
|
2.93% | 2.67% | 2.47% | ||||||
Maximum
month-end balance during the year
|
$ | 35,000 | $ | 10,900 | $ | 21,800 | |||
Average
rate at December 31,
|
2.95% | 2.73% | 2.56% |
Notes
Payable to Subsidiary Grantor Trusts
The
following is a summary of the notes payable to the Company’s subsidiary grantor
trusts at December 31:
|
2008
|
2007
|
||||
(Dollars in
thousands)
|
||||||
Subordinated
debentures due to Heritage Capital Trust I with
|
||||||
interest
payable semi-annually at 10.875%, redeemable with a
|
||||||
premium
beginning March 8, 2010 and with no premium beginning
|
||||||
March
8, 2020 and due March 8, 2030
|
$ | 7,217 | $ | 7,217 | ||
Subordinated
debentures due to Heritage Statutory Trust I with
|
||||||
interest
payable semi-annually at 10.6%, redeemable with a
|
||||||
premium
beginning September 7, 2010 and with no premium beginning
|
||||||
September
7, 2020 and due September 7, 2030
|
7,206 | 7,206 | ||||
Subordinated
debentures due to Heritage Statutory Trust II with
|
||||||
interest
payable semi-annually based on 3-month Libor plus 3.58%
|
||||||
(7.00%
at December 31, 2008), redeemable with a premium beginning
|
||||||
July
31, 2006 and with no premium beginning July 31, 2011 and
|
||||||
due
July 31, 2031
|
5,155 | 5,155 | ||||
Subordinated
debentures due to Heritage Statutory Trust III with
|
||||||
interest
payable semi-annually based on 3-month Libor plus 3.40%
|
||||||
(4.86%
at December 31, 2008), redeemable with no premium
beginning
|
||||||
September
26, 2007 and due September 26, 2032
|
4,124 | 4,124 | ||||
Total
|
$ | 23,702 | $ | 23,702 | ||
The
Company has guaranteed, on a subordinated basis, distributions and other
payments due on the trust preferred securities issued by the subsidiary grantor
trusts.
65
(9)
Income Taxes
Income
tax expense consisted of the following:
December
31,
|
|||||||||
2008
|
2007
|
2006
|
|||||||
(Dollars
in thousands)
|
|||||||||
Currently
payable tax:
|
|||||||||
Federal
|
$ | 3,307 | $ | 6,013 | $ | 7,472 | |||
State
|
1,312 | 2,349 | 2,084 | ||||||
Total
currently payable
|
4,619 | 8,362 | 9,556 | ||||||
Deferred
tax (benefit)
|
|||||||||
Federal
|
(4,426) | (223) | (258) | ||||||
State
|
(1,580) | (2) | (61) | ||||||
Total
deferred tax (benefit)
|
(6,006) | (225) | (319) | ||||||
Income
tax expense (benefit)
|
$ | (1,387) | $ | 8,137 | $ | 9,237 |
The effective tax rate differs from the federal statutory rate for the years ended December 31, as follows:
2008
|
2007
|
2006
|
||||
Statutory
Federal income tax rate
|
35.0%
|
35.0%
|
35.0%
|
|||
State
income taxes, net of federal tax benefit
|
-46.3%
|
7.2%
|
5.6%
|
|||
Low
income housing credits
|
-283.1%
|
-4.9%
|
-3.9%
|
|||
Non-taxable
interest income
|
-20.3%
|
-0.2%
|
-0.2%
|
|||
Increase
in cash surrender value of life insurance
|
-153.4%
|
-2.3%
|
-1.9%
|
|||
Stock
based compensation
|
55.9%
|
1.1%
|
0.01%
|
|||
Other
|
42.3%
|
0.7%
|
-0.5%
|
|||
Effective
tax rate
|
-369.9%
|
36.6%
|
34.1%
|
|||
In 2008,
other items in the table above consist primarily of various nondeductible
expenses that are not significantly different in dollar amount from the prior
year.
Net
deferred tax assets at year-end consist of the following:
2008
|
2007
|
|||||
(Dollars
in thousands)
|
||||||
Deferred
tax assets:
|
||||||
Allowance
for loan losses
|
$ | 10,455 | $ | 5,061 | ||
Deferred
compensation
|
272 | 656 | ||||
Net
operating loss carryforward
|
172 | 163 | ||||
Fixed
Assets
|
516 | 780 | ||||
Postretirement
benefit obligations
|
8,725 | 4,835 | ||||
Accrued
expenses
|
936 | 717 | ||||
State
income taxes
|
453 | 715 | ||||
Loans
|
211 | 373 | ||||
Other
|
815 | 561 | ||||
Total
deferred tax assets
|
22,555 | 13,861 | ||||
Deferred
tax liabilities:
|
||||||
FHLB
Stock
|
(304) | (253) | ||||
Loan
fees
|
(1,219) | (456) | ||||
Securities
available-for-sale and I/O strips
|
(1,204) | (95) | ||||
Intangible
assets
|
(1,779) | (2,091) | ||||
Prepaid
expenses
|
(277) | (332) | ||||
Other
|
(432) | (489) | ||||
Total
deferred tax liabilities
|
(5,215) | (3,716) | ||||
Net
deferred tax assets
|
$ | 17,340 | $ | 10,145 | ||
The
Company and its subsidiaries are subject to U.S. Federal income tax as well as
income of the state of California. The Company is no longer subject
to examination by taxing authorities for years before 2005.
At year
end 2008, the Company has a California net operating loss carryforward acquired
from the Diablo Valley Bank acquisition of approximately $2,436,000 which will
expire in 2019, if not utilized.
66
(10) Stock option
plan
The
Company has a stock option plan (the Plan) for directors, officers, and key
employees. The Plan provides for the grant of incentive and non-qualified stock
options. The Plan provides that the option price for both incentive and
non-qualified stock options will be determined by the Board of Directors at no
less than the fair value at the date of grant. Options granted vest on a
schedule determined by the Board of Directors at the time of grant. Generally,
options vest over four years. All options expire no later than ten years from
the date of grant. On May 22, 2008, the Company’s shareholders
approved an amendment to the Heritage Commerce Corp 2004 Stock Option Plan by
authorizing 900,000 additional shares available for option grants. As of
December 31, 2008, there are 869,527 shares available for future grants under
the Plan.
Option
activity under the Plan is as follows:
|
Weighted
Average
|
|
||||||||||
|
Weighted
|
Remaining
|
Aggregate
|
|||||||||
Number
|
Average
|
Contractual
|
Intrinsic
|
|||||||||
Total
Stock Options
|
of
Shares
|
Exercise
Price
|
Life
(Years)
|
Value
|
||||||||
Outstanding
at January 1, 2008
|
1,010,662 | $ | 19.02 | |||||||||
Granted
|
158,000 | $ | 15.23 | |||||||||
Exercised
|
(53,332) | $ | 9.54 | |||||||||
Forfeited
or expired
|
(70,593) | $ | 19.59 | |||||||||
Outstanding
at December 31, 2008
|
1,044,737 | $ | 18.89 | 7.3 | $ | 189,000 | ||||||
Vested
or expected to vest
|
1,022,948 | $ | 18.89 | 7.3 | $ | 182,000 | ||||||
Exercisable
at December 31, 2008
|
621,286 | $ | 18.19 | 6.4 | $ | 187,000 | ||||||
Information
related to the stock option plan during each year follows:
2008
|
2007
|
2006
|
|||||||
Intrinsic
value of options exercised
|
$ | 272,000 | $ | 1,105,000 | $ | 2,435,000 | |||
Cash
received from option exercise
|
$ | 509,000 | $ | 802,000 | $ | 1,812,000 | |||
Tax
benefit realized from option exercises
|
$ | 71,000 | $ | 406,000 | $ | 706,000 | |||
Weighted
average fair value of options granted
|
$ | 3.54 | $ | 6.10 | $ | 7.57 |
As of
December 31, 2008, there was $2,666,000 of total unrecognized compensation cost
related to nonvested stock options granted under the Company’s stock option
plan. That cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average
period of approximately 2.3 years. The total fair value of options
vested during 2008 is approximately $1,381,000.
The fair
value of each option grant is estimated on the date of grant using the
Black-Scholes option pricing model that uses the assumptions noted in the
following table.
2008
|
2007
|
2006
|
||||
Expected
life in months (1)
|
72
|
72
|
84
|
|||
Volatility
(1)
|
25%
|
22%
|
21%
|
|||
Weighted
average risk-free interest rate (2)
|
3.22%
|
4.49%
|
4.85%
|
|||
Expected
dividends (3)
|
2.15%
|
1.18%
|
0.85%
|
(1)
|
The
expected life of employee stock options represents the weighted average
period the stock options are expected to remain outstanding. It
is estimated based on historical experience. Volatility is
based on the historical volatility of the stock price over the same period
of the expected life of the option.
|
(2)
|
Based
on the U.S. Treasury constant maturity interest rate with a term
consistent with the expected life of the option
granted.
|
(3)
|
Each
grant’s dividend yield is calculated by annualizing the most recent
quarterly cash dividend and dividing that amount by the market price of
the Company’s common stock as of the grant
date.
|
The
Company estimates the impact of forfeitures based on historical experience, and
has concluded that forfeitures have no significant effect on stock option
expense. The Company issues new shares of common stock to satisfy
stock option exercises.
The
Company granted 51,000 restricted shares of its common stock to an executive
officer pursuant to the terms of a restricted stock agreement, dated March 17,
2005. The grant price was $18.15. Under the terms of the
agreement, the restricted shares will vest 25% per year at the end of years
three, four, five and six, provided the executive officer is still with the
Company, subject to accelerated vesting upon a change of control, termination
without cause, termination by the executive officer for good reason (as defined
by the executive employment agreement), death or disability. The fair
value of stock award at the grant date was $926,000, which is being amortized to
expense over the six-year vesting period on the straight-line
method. Amortization expense was $155,000 in 2008 and $154,000 in
2007 and 2006. In 2008, 12,750 shares vested and 38,250 shares are nonvested at
year-end.
67
(11)
Leases
Operating
Leases
The
Company owns one of its offices and leases the others under non-cancelable
operating leases with terms, including renewal options, ranging from five to
fifteen years. Future minimum payments under the agreements are as
follows:
Year
ending December 31,
|
(Dollars in
thousands)
|
||
2009
|
$ | 2,237 | |
2010
|
2,383 | ||
2011
|
2,250 | ||
2012
|
2,320 | ||
2013
|
2,107 | ||
Thereafter
|
3,589 | ||
Total
|
$ | 14,886 | |
Rent
expense under operating leases was $2,715,000, $2,644,000, and $2,375,000
respectively, in 2008, 2007, and 2006.
(12)
Benefit Plans
401(K) Savings
Plan
The
Company offers a 401(k) savings plan that allows employees to contribute up to a
maximum percentage of their compensation, as established by the Internal Revenue
Code. The Company has made a discretionary matching contribution of up to $1,500
for each employee’s contributions in 2008, 2007 and
2006. Contribution expense was $332,000, $315,000, and $279,000 in
2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.
Employee
Stock Ownership Plan
The
Company sponsors a non contributory employee stock ownership plan. To
participate in this plan, an employee must have worked at least 1,000 hours
during the year and must be employed by the Company. Employer contributions to
the ESOP are discretionary. Contribution expense was $0, $247,000 and $400,000
in 2008, 2007, and 2006. At December 31, 2008, the ESOP owned 147,092 shares of
the Company’s stock.
Deferred
Compensation Plan
The
Company has a nonqualified deferred compensation plan for its directors
(“Deferral Agreements”). Under the Deferral Agreements, a
participating director may defer up to 100% of his or her board fees into a
deferred account. The director may elect a distribution schedule of
up to ten years. Amounts deferred earn interest. The Company’s
deferred compensation obligation of $645,000 and $562,000 as of December 31,
2008 and 2007 is included in “Accrued interest payable and other
liabilities.”
The
Company has purchased life insurance policies on the lives of directors who have
agreed to participate in the Deferral Plan. It is expected that the earnings on
these policies will offset the cost of the program. In addition, the Company
will receive death benefit payments upon the death of the director. The proceeds
will permit the Company to “complete” the deferral program as the director
originally intended if he dies prior to the completion of the deferral program.
The disbursement of deferred fees is accelerated at death and commences one
month after the director dies.
In the
event of the director’s disability prior to attainment of his benefit
eligibility date, the director may request that the Board permit him to receive
an immediate disability benefit equal to the annualized value of the director’s
deferral account.
Defined
Benefit Pension Plan
The
Company has a supplemental retirement plan covering key executives and directors
(“Plan”). The Plan is a nonqualified defined benefit plan and is unsecured and
unfunded and there are no Plan assets. The combined number of active
and retired/terminated participants in the Plan was 53 at December 31, 2008. The
defined benefit represents a stated amount for key executives and directors that
generally vests over nine years and is reduced for early
retirement. The accrued pension obligation was $13,301,000 and
$11,499,000 as of December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively, and is included in
“Accrued interest payable and other liabilities”. The Plan had
accumulated other comprehensive loss before taxes of $2,874,000 and $1,765,000,
respectively, as of December 31, 2008 and 2007. The measurement date
of the Plan is December 31.
The
following table sets forth the Plan’s status at December 31:
2008
|
2007
|
|||||
(Dollars
in thousands)
|
||||||
Change
in projected benefit obligation
|
||||||
Projected
benefit obligation at beginning of year
|
$ | 11,499 | $ | 10,478 | ||
Service
cost
|
811 | 734 | ||||
Interest
cost
|
727 | 619 | ||||
Actuarial
(gain)/loss
|
1,203 | (30) | ||||
Benefits
paid
|
(939) | (302) | ||||
Projected
benefit obligation at end of year
|
$ | 13,301 | $ | 11,499 | ||
Amounts
recognized in accumulated other comprehensive loss
|
||||||
Net
actuarial loss
|
$ | 2,739 | $ | 1,594 | ||
Prior
service cost
|
135 | 171 | ||||
Accumulated
other comprehensive loss
|
$ | 2,874 | $ | 1,765 | ||
68
Since the
Plan has no assets, the entire projected benefit obligation is
unfunded.
Weighted-average
assumptions used to determine the benefit obligation as of December
31:
|
||||
2008
|
2007
|
|||
Discount
rate
|
5.85%
|
6.45%
|
||
Rate
of compensation increase
|
N/A
|
N/A
|
Weighted-average
assumptions used to determine the benefit obligation at
year-end:
|
||||
Discount
rate
|
5.85%
|
6.45%
|
||
Rate
of compensation increase
|
N/A
|
N/A
|
Benefits,
which reflect anticipated future events, service and others, are expected to be
paid over the following years:
Estimated
|
|||
Year
|
Benefit
Payments
|
||
(Dollars in
thousands)
|
|||
2009
|
$ | 520 | |
2010
|
658 | ||
2011
|
743 | ||
2012
|
814 | ||
2013
|
863 | ||
2014
to 2018
|
6,321 |
The
components of pension cost for the nonqualified supplemental retirement defined
benefit plan were as follows:
2008
|
2007
|
||||||
Components
of net periodic benefits cost
|
(Dollars
in thousands)
|
||||||
Service
cost
|
$ | 811 | $ | 734 | |||
Interest
cost
|
727 | 619 | |||||
Amortization
of prior service cost
|
36 | 36 | |||||
Amortization
of net actuarial loss
|
58 | 70 |
The net
periodic benefit cost was determined using the following
assumptions:
2008
|
2007
|
|||
Discount
rate
|
6.45%
|
5.98%
|
||
Rate
of compensation increase
|
N/A
|
N/A
|
||
Other
Postretirement Benefit Plan
The
Company has purchased insurance on the lives of the directors and executive
officers participating in the nonqualified defined benefit plan. The
purchased insurance is subject to split-dollar life insurance agreements with
the insured participants, which continues after the participant’s employment and
retirement. The accrued benefit liability for the split-dollar
insurance agreements represents the present value of the future death benefits
payable to the participants’ beneficiaries.
The
adoption of EITF 06-4 on January 1, 2008 resulted in a cumulative effect
adjustment to retained earnings of $3.2 million, net of deferred income taxes.
The split-dollar life insurance benefit liability was $7,447,000 as of December
31, 2008, and is included in “Accrued interest payable and other liabilities.”
The Plan had accumulated other comprehensive loss before taxes of $506,000, as
of December 31, 2008. The measurement date of the Plan is December
31.
2008
|
|||
(Dollars
in thousands)
|
|||
Change
in projected benefit obligation
|
|||
Projected
benefit obligation at beginning of year
|
$ | 6,901 | |
Service
cost
|
- | ||
Interest
cost
|
196 | ||
Actuarial
loss
|
506 | ||
Benefits
paid
|
(156) | ||
Projected
benefit obligation at end of year
|
$ | 7,447 | |
69
Amounts
recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income at December 31, 2008
consist of:
2008
|
|||
(Dollars
in thousands)
|
|||
Net
actuarial loss
|
$ | 506 |
Components
of net periodic benefit cost:
2008
|
|||
(Dollars
in thousands)
|
|||
Service
cost
|
$ | - | |
Interest
cost
|
196 | ||
Net
periodic benefit cost
|
$ | 196 | |
Weighted-average
assumptions used to determine the benefit obligation at year-end:
2008
|
||
Discount
rate
|
6.05%
|
Weighted-average
assumption used to determine the net periodic benefit
cost:
2008
|
||
Discount
rate
|
6.45%
|
(13) Fair Value
Statement
157 establishes a fair value hierarchy which requires an entity to maximize the
use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs when
measuring fair value. The standard describes three levels of inputs that may be
used to measure fair value:
Level 1:
Quoted prices (unadjusted) for identical assets or liabilities in active markets
that the entity has the ability to access as of the measurement
date.
Level
2: Significant other observable inputs other than Level 1 prices such as quoted
prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets; quoted prices for
identical assets or liabilities in markets that are not active; or other inputs
that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data (for
example, interest rates and yield curves observable at commonly quoted
intervals, prepayment speeds, credit risks, and default rates).
Level 3:
Significant unobservable inputs that reflect a reporting entity’s own
assumptions about the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing
an asset or liability.
The fair
values of securities available for sale are determined by obtaining quoted
prices on nationally recognized securities exchanges (Level 1 inputs) or matrix
pricing, which is a mathematical technique widely used in the industry to value
debt securities without relying exclusively on quoted prices for the specific
securities’ relationship to other benchmark quoted securities (Level 2
inputs).
The fair
value of interest-only (“I/O”) strip receivable assets is based on a valuation
model used by an independent appraiser. The Company is able to compare the
valuation model inputs and results to widely available published industry data
for reasonableness (Level 2 inputs).
Assets
and Liabilities Measured on a Recurring Basis
|
||||||||||||
Fair
Value Measurements at December 31, 2008 Using
|
||||||||||||
Significant
|
||||||||||||
Quoted
Prices in
|
Other
|
Significant
|
||||||||||
Active
Markets for
|
Obeservable
|
Unobservable
|
||||||||||
December
31, 2008
|
Identical
Assets
|
Inputs
|
Inputs
|
|||||||||
Balance
|
(Level
1)
|
(Level
2)
|
(Level
3)
|
|||||||||
(Dollars
in thousands)
|
||||||||||||
Assets:
|
||||||||||||
Available-for-sale
securities
|
$
|
104,475
|
$
|
19,496
|
$
|
84,979
|
$
|
-
|
||||
I/O
strip receivables
|
$
|
2,248
|
$
|
-
|
$
|
2,248
|
$
|
-
|
||||
70
Assets
and Liabilities Measured on a Non-Recurring Basis
|
||||||||||||
Fair
Value Measurements at December 31, 2008 Using
|
||||||||||||
Significant
|
||||||||||||
Quoted
Prices in
|
Other
|
Significant
|
||||||||||
Active
Markets for
|
Obeservable
|
Unobservable
|
||||||||||
December
31, 2008
|
Identical
Assets
|
Inputs
|
Inputs
|
|||||||||
Balance
|
(Level
1)
|
(Level
2)
|
(Level
3)
|
|||||||||
(Dollars
in thousands)
|
||||||||||||
Assets:
|
||||||||||||
Impaired
loans
|
$
|
46,755
|
$
|
-
|
$
|
46,755
|
$
|
-
|
||||
Impaired
loans measured for impairment using the fair value of the collateral were $46.8
million, with an allowance for loan losses of $6.5 million, resulting in an
additional provision for loan losses of $5.7 million for the year ended December
31, 2008.
The
carrying amounts and estimated fair values of the Company’s financial
instruments, at year-end were as follows:
2008
|
2007
|
|||||||||||
Estimated
|
Estimated
|
|||||||||||
Carrying
|
Fair
|
Carrying
|
Fair
|
|||||||||
Amounts
|
Value
|
Amounts
|
Value
|
|||||||||
(Dollars
in thousands)
|
||||||||||||
Assets
|
||||||||||||
Cash
and cash equivalents
|
$ | 30,096 | $ | 30,096 | $ | 49,093 | $ | 49,093 | ||||
Securities
available-for-sale
|
104,475 | 104,475 | 135,402 | 135,402 | ||||||||
Loans, net
|
1,223,624 | 1,222,761 | 1,024,247 | 1,011,683 | ||||||||
FHLB
and FRB stock
|
7,816 | N/A | 7,002 | N/A | ||||||||
Accrued
interest receivable
|
4,116 | 4,116 | 5,131 | 5,131 | ||||||||
Liabilities
|
||||||||||||
Time
deposits
|
$ | 413,132 | $ | 417,163 | $ | 213,401 | $ | 214,151 | ||||
Other
deposits
|
740,918 | 740,918 | 850,825 | 850,825 | ||||||||
Securities
sold under agreement to repurchase
|
35,000 | 35,788 | 10,900 | 10,881 | ||||||||
Note
payable
|
15,000 | 15,000 | - | - | ||||||||
Other
short-term borrowings
|
55,000 | 55,000 | 60,000 | 60,000 | ||||||||
Notes
payable to subsidiary grantor trusts
|
23,702 | 18,600 | 23,702 | 24,010 | ||||||||
Accrued
interest payable
|
1,510 | 1,510 | 1,844 | 1,844 |
The following methods and assumptions were used to estimate the fair value in the table, above:
Cash
and Cash Equivalents and Accrued Interest Receivable and Payable
The
carrying amount approximates fair value because of the short maturities of these
instruments.
Securities
Available-for-Sale
Fair
values of securities available-for sale are based on Level 1 or Level 2 inputs,
as described above.
Loans
Loans
with similar financial characteristics are grouped together for purposes of
estimating their fair value. Loans are segregated by type such as commercial,
term real estate, residential construction, and consumer. Each loan category is
further segmented into fixed and adjustable rate interest terms.
The fair
value of performing, fixed rate loans is calculated by discounting scheduled
future cash flows using estimated market discount rates that reflect the credit
and interest rate risk inherent in the loan. The fair value of variable rate
loans approximates the carrying amount as these loans generally reprice within
90 days. The fair value of loans held for sale is based on estimated
market values.
FHLB
and FRB Stock
It was
not practical to determine the fair value of FHLB and FRB stock due to the
restrictions placed on transferability.
Deposits
The fair
value of deposits with no stated maturity, such as demand deposits, savings, and
money market accounts, approximates the amount payable on demand. The carrying
amount approximates the fair value of time deposits with a remaining maturity of
less than 90 days. The fair value of all other time deposits is calculated based
on discounting the future cash flows using rates currently offered for time
deposits with similar remaining maturities.
71
Notes
Payable to Subsidiary Grantor Trusts and Securities Sold Under Agreement to
Repurchase
The fair
values of notes payable to subsidiary grantor trusts and securities sold under
agreement to repurchase were determined based on the current market value for
like kind instruments of a similar maturity and structure.
Other
Short-term Borrowings and Note Payable
The
carrying amount approximates the fair value of short-term borrowings and the
note payable that reprice frequently and fully.
Off-Balance-Sheet
Items
The fair
value of off-balance-sheet items, such as commitments to extend credit, is not
considered material and therefore is not included in the table
above.
Limitations
Fair
value estimates are made at a specific point in time, based on relevant market
information about the financial instruments. These estimates do not reflect any
premium or discount that could result from offering for sale at one time the
entire holdings of a particular financial instrument. Fair value estimates are
based on judgments regarding future expected loss experience, current economic
conditions, risk characteristics of various financial instruments, and other
factors. These estimates are subjective in nature and involve uncertainties and
matters of significant judgment and therefore cannot be determined with
precision. Changes in assumptions could significantly affect the
estimates.
(14)
Commitments and Contingencies
Financial
Instruments with Off-Balance Sheet Risk
HBC is a
party to financial instruments with off-balance sheet risk in the normal course
of business to meet the financing needs of its clients. These financial
instruments include commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit.
Those instruments involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit and interest
rate risk in excess of the amounts recognized in the balance
sheets.
HBC’s
exposure to credit loss in the event of non-performance of the other party to
the financial instrument for commitments to extend credit and standby letters of
credit is represented by the contractual amount of those instruments. HBC uses
the same credit policies in making commitments and conditional obligations as it
does for on-balance sheet instruments. Credit risk is the possibility that a
loss may occur because a party to a transaction failed to perform according to
the terms of the contract. HBC controls the credit risk of these transactions
through credit approvals, limits, and monitoring procedures. Management does not
anticipate any significant losses as a result of these
transactions.
Commitments
to extend credit as of December 31, 2008 and 2007 were as follows:
|
2008
|
2007
|
||||
(Dollars
in thousands)
|
||||||
Unused
lines of credits and commitments to make loans
|
$ | 414,312 | $ | 444,172 | ||
Standby
letters of credit
|
22,260 | 21,143 | ||||
|
$ | 436,572 | $ | 465,315 | ||
Generally,
commitments to make loans as of December 31, 2008 are at variable rates,
typically based on the prime rate (with a margin). Commitments generally expire
within one year.
Standby
letters of credit are written with conditional commitments issued by HBC to
guarantee the performance of a client to a third party. The credit risk involved
in issuing letters of credit is essentially the same as that involved in
extending loan facilities to clients.
The
Company is required to maintain noninterest bearing reserves. Reserve
requirements are based on a percentage of certain deposits. As of December 31,
2008, the Company maintained reserves of $5,898,000 in the form of vault cash
and balances at the Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco, which satisfied the
regulatory requirements.
Claims
The
Company is involved in certain legal actions arising from normal business
activities. Management, based upon the advice of legal counsel,
believes the ultimate resolution of all pending legal actions will not have a
material effect on the financial statements of the Company.
(15)
Preferred Stock
On
November 21, 2008, the Company entered into a Letter Agreement (the
“Purchase Agreement”) with the United States Department of the Treasury
(“Treasury”), pursuant to which the Company issued and sold (i) 40,000
shares of the Company’s Fixed Rate Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock,
Series A (the “Series A Preferred Stock”) and (ii) a warrant (the
“Warrant”) to purchase 462,963 shares of the Company’s common stock for an
aggregate purchase price of $40 million in cash.
The
Series A Preferred Stock qualifies as Tier 1 capital and has a cumulative
dividend rate of 5% per annum for the first five years, and 9% per annum
thereafter. The Series A Preferred Stock may be redeemed by the Company
after three years. Prior to the end of three years, the Series A Preferred
Stock may be redeemed by the Company only with proceeds from the sale of
qualifying equity securities of the Company (a “Qualified Equity
Offering”).
The
Warrant has a 10-year term and is immediately exercisable upon its issuance,
with an exercise price, subject to antidilution adjustments, equal to $12.96 per
share of the common stock. The Warrant was valued by the Company at $1,979,000.
The estimated fair value of the Warrant was recorded as a discount on the
preferred stock, with an offsetting credit to paid-in capital. The discount on
the preferred stock is being accreted on the effective yield method over five
years as a charge to retained earnings, thus reducing net income available to
common shareholders.
72
If the
Company receives aggregate gross cash proceeds of not less than $40,000,000 from
Qualified Equity Offerings on or prior to December 31, 2009, the number of
shares of common stock issuable pursuant to Treasury’s exercise of the Warrant
will be reduced by one half of the original number of shares, taking into
account all adjustments, underlying the Warrant. Pursuant to the Purchase
Agreement, Treasury has agreed not to exercise voting power with respect to any
shares of common stock issued upon exercise of the Warrant.
Prior to
November 21, 2011, unless the Company has redeemed the Series A Preferred Stock
or Treasury has transferred the Series A Preferred Stock to a third party, the
consent of Treasury will be required for the Company to: (i) declare or pay any
dividend or make any distribution on the common stock (other than regular
quarterly cash dividends of not more than the amount of the last quarterly cash
dividend of $.08 per share declared on the common stock prior to October 14,
2008 , as adjusted for any stock split, stock dividend, reverse stock split,
reclassification or similar transaction) or (ii) redeem, purchase or acquire any
shares of common stock or other equity or capital securities, other than in
connection with benefit plans consistent with past practice and certain other
circumstances specified in the Purchase Agreement. In addition, the Company's
ability to declare or pay dividends or repurchase common stock or other equity
or capital securities will be subject to restrictions in the event that the
Company fails to declare or pay (or set aside for payment) full dividends on the
Series A Preferred Stock.
In the
Purchase Agreement, the Company agreed that, until such time as Treasury ceases
to own any debt or equity securities of the Company acquired pursuant to the
Purchase Agreement, the Company will take all necessary action to ensure that
its benefit plans with respect to its senior executive officers comply with
Section 111(b) of the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008
(the “EESA”) as implemented by any guidance or regulation under the EESA that
has been issued and is in effect as of the date of issuance of the Series A
Preferred Stock and the Warrant, and has agreed to not adopt any benefit plans
with respect to, or which covers, its senior executive officers that do not
comply with the EESA, and the applicable executives have consented to the
foregoing.
(16)
Capital Requirements
The
Company and its subsidiary bank are subject to various regulatory capital
requirements administered by the federal banking agencies. Failure to meet
minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory - and possibly
additional discretionary - actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have
a direct material effect on the Company’s financial statements and operations.
Under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt
corrective action, the Company and HBC must meet specific capital guidelines
that involve quantitative measures of assets, liabilities, and certain
off-balance-sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices.
Capital amounts and classifications are also subject to qualitative judgments by
the regulators about components, risk weightings, and other
factors.
Quantitative
measures established by regulation to help ensure capital adequacy require the
Company and HBC to maintain minimum amounts and ratios (set forth in the table
below) of total and Tier I capital (as defined in the regulations) to
risk-weighted assets (as defined), and of Tier I capital to average assets (as
defined). Management believes that, as of December 31, 2008 and 2007, the
Company and HBC meet all capital adequacy guidelines to which they are
subject.
The most
recent notification from the FDIC as of December 31, 2008 categorized HBC as
“well capitalized” under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action.
There are no conditions or events since that notification that management
believes have changed the Bank’s category.
The
Company’s actual and required consolidated capital amounts and ratios are
presented in the following table:
Required
For
|
||||||||||
Actual
|
Capital
Adequacy Purposes
|
|||||||||
|
Amount
|
Ratio
|
Amount
|
Ratio
|
||||||
(Dollars
in thousands)
|
||||||||||
As
of December 31, 2008
|
||||||||||
Total
Capital
|
$
|
177,135 | 13.1% |
$
|
108,092 | 8.0% | ||||
(to
risk-weighted assets)
|
||||||||||
Tier
1 Capital
|
$
|
160,146 | 11.9% |
$
|
54,012 | 4.0% | ||||
(to
risk-weighted assets)
|
||||||||||
Tier
1 Capital
|
$
|
160,146 | 11.0% |
$
|
58,024 | 4.0% | ||||
(to
average assets)
|
||||||||||
As
of December 31, 2007
|
||||||||||
Total
Capital
|
$
|
153,687 | 12.5% |
$
|
98,203 | 8.0% | ||||
(to
risk-weighted assets)
|
||||||||||
Tier
1 Capital
|
$
|
141,226 | 11.5% |
$
|
49,122 | 4.0% | ||||
(to
risk-weighted assets)
|
||||||||||
Tier
1 Capital
|
$
|
141,226 | 11.1% |
$
|
51,123 | 4.0% | ||||
(to
average assets)
|
73
HBC’s
actual capital and required amounts and ratios are presented in the following
table:
Required For Capital
Adequacy
|
To
Be Well-Capitalized
Under Prompt
|
||||||||||||||
Actual
|
Purposes
|
Corrective
Action Provisions
|
|||||||||||||
(Dollars
in thousands)
|
Amount
|
Ratio
|
Amount
|
Ratio
|
Amount
|
Ratio
|
|||||||||
As
of December 31, 2008
|
|||||||||||||||
Total
Capital
|
$ | 166,466 | 12.3% | $ | 107,920 | 8.0% | $ | 134,900 | 10.0% | ||||||
(to
risk-weighted assets)
|
|||||||||||||||
Tier
1 Capital
|
$ | 149,493 | 11.1% | $ | 53,969 | 4.0% | $ | 80,953 | 6.0% | ||||||
(to
risk-weighted assets)
|
|||||||||||||||
Tier
1 Capital
|
$ | 149,493 | 10.3% | $ | 57,943 | 4.0% | $ | 72,429 | 5.0% | ||||||
(to
average assets)
|
|||||||||||||||
As
of December 31, 2007
|
|||||||||||||||
Total
Capital
|
$ | 144,154 | 11.8% | $ | 98,064 | 8.0% | $ | 122,580 | 10.0% | ||||||
(to
risk-weighted assets)
|
|||||||||||||||
Tier
1 Capital
|
$ | 131,693 | 10.7% | $ | 49,048 | 4.0% | $ | 73,572 | 6.0% | ||||||
(to
risk-weighted assets)
|
|||||||||||||||
Tier
1 Capital
|
$ | 131,693 | 10.4% | $ | 50,798 | 4.0% | $ | 63,497 | 5.0% | ||||||
(to
average assets)
|
Under
California law, the holders of common stock are entitled to receive dividends
when and as declared by the Board of Directors, out of funds legally available
therefore. The California Banking Law provides that a state-licensed bank may
not make a cash distribution to its shareholders in excess of the lesser of the
following: (i) the bank’s retained earnings, or (ii) the bank’s net income for
its last three fiscal years, less the amount of any distributions made by the
bank to its shareholders during such period. However, a bank, with the prior
approval of the Commissioner, may make a distribution to its shareholders of an
amount not to exceed the greater of (i) a bank’s retained earnings, (ii) its net
income for its last fiscal year, or (iii) its net income for the current fiscal
year. In the event that the Commissioner determines that the shareholders’
equity of a bank is inadequate or that the making of a distribution by a bank
would be unsafe or unsound, the Commissioner may order a bank to refrain from
making such a proposed distribution. At December 31, 2008, the amount available
for such dividends without prior regulatory approval was approximately
$5,383,000 for HBC. Similar restrictions apply to the amounts and sum of loan
advances and other transfers of funds from HBC to the parent
Company.
(17)
Parent Company only Condensed Financial Information
The
condensed financial statements of Heritage Commerce Corp (parent company only)
are as follows:
Condensed
Balance Sheets
|
||||||
December
31,
|
||||||
|
2008
|
2007
|
||||
(Dollars in
thousands)
|
||||||
Assets
|
||||||
Cash
and cash equivalents
|
$ | 25,809 | $ | 9,391 | ||
Investment
in subsidiary bank
|
196,614 | 178,290 | ||||
Investment
in subsidiary trusts
|
702 | 702 | ||||
Other
assets
|
633 | 723 | ||||
Total
assets
|
$ | 223,758 | $ | 189,106 | ||
Liabilities
and Shareholders' Equity
|
||||||
Notes
payable to subsidiary trusts
|
$ | 23,702 | $ | 23,702 | ||
Note payable | 15,000 | - | ||||
Other
liabilities
|
789 | 580 | ||||
Shareholders'
equity
|
184,267 | 164,824 | ||||
Total
liabilities and shareholders' equity
|
$ | 223,758 | $ | 189,106 | ||
74
Condensed
Statements of Income
|
|||||||||
For
the Year Ended December 31,
|
|||||||||
2008
|
2007
|
2006
|
|||||||
(Dollars
in thousands)
|
|||||||||
Interest
income
|
$ | 50 | $ | 24 | $ | 27 | |||
Dividend
from subsidiary bank
|
- | 25,699 | 10,000 | ||||||
Interest
expense
|
(2,440) | (2,331) | (2,310) | ||||||
Other
expenses
|
(2,109) | (2,156) | (1,431) | ||||||
Income
(loss) before equity in undistributed net income of subsidiary
bank
|
(4,499) | 21,236 | 6,286 | ||||||
Equity
in undistributed net income of subsidiary bank
|
4,456 | (8,739) | 9,666 | ||||||
Income
tax benefit
|
1,805 | 1,599 | 1,318 | ||||||
Net
income
|
$ | 1,762 | $ | 14,096 | $ | 17,270 | |||
Dividends
and discount accretion on preferred stock
|
(255) | - | - | ||||||
Net
income available to common shareholders
|
$ | 1,507 | $ | 14,096 | $ | 17,270 | |||
Condensed
Statements of Cash Flows
|
|||||||||
For
the Year Ended December 31,
|
|||||||||
2008
|
2007
|
2006
|
|||||||
(Dollars
in thousands)
|
|||||||||
Cash
flows from operating activities:
|
|||||||||
Net
Income
|
$ | 1,762 | $ | 14,096 | $ | 17,270 | |||
Adjustments
to reconcile net income to net cash provided by (used in)
operations:
|
|||||||||
Amortization
of restricted stock award
|
155 | 154 | 154 | ||||||
Equity
in undistributed net income of subsidiary bank
|
(4,456) | 8,739 | (9,666) | ||||||
Net
change in other assets and liabilities
|
76 | 399 | 3 | ||||||
Net
cash provided by (used in) operating activities
|
(2,463) | 23,388 | 7,761 | ||||||
Cash
flows from investing activities:
|
|||||||||
Equity
investment in subsidiary bank
|
(15,000) | - | - | ||||||
. | |||||||||
Cash
flows from financing activities:
|
|||||||||
Net
change in note payable
|
15,000 | - | - | ||||||
Exercise
of stock options
|
509 | 802 | 1,812 | ||||||
Common
stock repurchased
|
(17,655) | (13,653) | (7,888) | ||||||
Dividends
paid
|
(3,819) | (3,250) | (2,357) | ||||||
Issuance
of preferred stock, net of issuance costs of $154
|
39,846 | - | - | ||||||
Net
cash provided by (used in) financing activities
|
33,881 | (16,101) | (8,433) | ||||||
Net
increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
|
16,418 | 7,287 | (672) | ||||||
Cash
and cash equivalents, beginning of year
|
9,391 | 2,104 | 2,776 | ||||||
Cash
and cash equivalents, end of year
|
$ | 25,809 | $ | 9,391 | $ | 2,104 | |||
75
(18)
Quarterly Financial Data (Unaudited)
The
following table discloses the Company’s selected unaudited quarterly financial
data:
For
the Quarters Ended
|
||||||||||||
12/31/08
|
09/30/08
|
06/30/08
|
03/31/08
|
|||||||||
(Dollars
in thousands, except per share amounts)
|
||||||||||||
Interest
income
|
$ | 18,166 | $ | 19,197 | $ | 18,699 | $ | 19,895 | ||||
Interest
expense
|
5,771 | 6,151 | 5,731 | 6,791 | ||||||||
Net
interest income
|
12,395 | 13,046 | 12,968 | 13,104 | ||||||||
Provision
for loan losses
(1)
|
4,500 | 1,587 | 7,800 | 1,650 | ||||||||
Net
interest income after provision for loan losses
|
7,895 | 11,459 | 5,168 | 11,454 | ||||||||
Noninterest
income
|
1,797 | 1,688 | 1,792 | 1,514 | ||||||||
Noninterest
expense
|
10,417 | 10,397 | 10,998 | 10,580 | ||||||||
Income
before income taxes
|
(725) | 2,750 | (4,038) | 2,388 | ||||||||
Income
tax expense (benefit)
|
(1,425) | 309 | (955) | 684 | ||||||||
Net
income
|
700 | 2,441 | (3,083) | 1,704 | ||||||||
Dividends
and discount accretion on preferred stock
|
(255) | - | - | - | ||||||||
Net
income available to common shareholders
|
$ | 445 | $ | 2,441 | $ | (3,083) | $ | 1,704 | ||||
Earnings
per common share
|
||||||||||||
Basic
|
$ | 0.04 | $ | 0.21 | $ | (0.26) | $ | 0.14 | ||||
Diluted
|
$ | 0.04 | $ | 0.21 | $ | (0.26) | $ | 0.14 | ||||
(1) The
provision in the second quarter of 2008 includes $5.1 million of estimated
losses to one borrower and his related entities.
For
the Quarters Ended
|
||||||||||||
12/31/2007
(1)
|
9/30/2007
(1)
|
06/30/07
|
03/31/07
|
|||||||||
(Dollars
in thousands, except per share amounts)
|
||||||||||||
Interest
income
|
$ | 21,056 | $ | 22,105 | $ | 18,317 | $ | 17,234 | ||||
Interest
expense
|
7,261 | 8,324 | 5,924 | 5,503 | ||||||||
Net
interest income
|
13,795 | 13,781 | 12,393 | 11,731 | ||||||||
Provision
for loan losses
|
725 | (500) | - | (236) | ||||||||
Net
interest income after provision for loan losses
|
13,070 | 14,281 | 12,393 | 11,967 | ||||||||
Noninterest
income
(2)
|
1,636 | 1,639 | 2,262 | 2,515 | ||||||||
Noninterest
expense
|
10,212 | 10,518 | 8,500 | 8,300 | ||||||||
Income
before income taxes
|
4,494 | 5,402 | 6,155 | 6,182 | ||||||||
Income
tax expense
|
1,686 | 2,162 | 2,140 | 2,149 | ||||||||
Net
income
|
$ | 2,808 | $ | 3,240 | $ | 4,015 | $ | 4,033 | ||||
Earnings
per common share
|
||||||||||||
Basic
|
$ | 0.22 | $ | 0.24 | $ | 0.34 | $ | 0.35 | ||||
Diluted
|
$ | 0.21 | $ | 0.24 | $ | 0.33 | $ | 0.34 |
(1) The
Company completed its acquisition of Diablo Valley Bank on June 20, 2007.
The acquisition significantly increased the Company’s revenues and
expenses.
(2)
Noninterest income decreased in the third and fourth quarters due to a strategic
decision to cease loan sales in favor of retaining SBA loans.
|
|
Incorporated
by Reference to Form
|
|||||||||
|
|
Filed
Herewith
|
Form S-8
|
8-K
Filed
|
10-Q
Filed
|
10-K
Filed
|
Exhibit
No.
|
||||
2.1
|
Agreement
and Plan of Merger, dated February 8, 2007, by and between Heritage
Commerce Corp, Heritage Bank of Commerce and Diablo Valley Bank
|
|
|
|
3/16/07
|
2.1
|
|||||
3.1
|
Heritage
Commerce Corp Restated Articles of Incorporation, as amended
|
X
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
3.2
|
Heritage
Commerce Corp Bylaws, as amended
|
X
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
4.1
|
Indenture,
dated as of March 23, 2000, between Heritage Commerce Corp, as Issuer, and
the Bank of New York, as Trustee
|
4/6/01
|
4.1
|
||||||||
4.2
|
Amended
and restated Declaration of Trust, Heritage Capital Trust I, dated as of
March 23, 2000
|
4/6/01
|
4.2
|
||||||||
4.3
|
Indenture,
dated as of September 7, 2000, between Heritage Commerce Corp, as Issuer,
and State Street Bank and Trust Company of Connecticut, National
Association, as Trustee
|
4/6/01
|
4.3
|
||||||||
4.4
|
Amended
and restated Declaration of Trust, by and among State Street Bank and
Trust Company of Connecticut, National Association, as Institutional
Trustee, and Heritage Commerce Corp, as Sponsor
|
|
4/6/01
|
4.4
|
|||||||
4.5
|
Indenture,
dated as of July 31, 2001, between Heritage Commerce Corp, as Issuer, and
State Street Bank and Trust Company of Connecticut, National Association,
as Trustee
|
|
3/29/02
|
4.6
|
|||||||
4.6
|
Amended
and restated Declaration of Trust by and among State Street Bank and Trust
Company of Connecticut, National Association as Institutional
Trustee, and Heritage Commerce Corp, as Sponsor, as of
July 31, 2001
|
|
3/29/02
|
4.7
|
|||||||
4.7
|
Indenture,
dated as of September 26, 2002, between Heritage Commerce Corp, as Issuer,
and State Street Bank and Trust Company of Connecticut, National
Association, as Trustee
|
3/29/03
|
4.8
|
||||||||
4.8
|
Amended
and restated Declaration of Trust by and among State Street Bank and Trust
Company of Connecticut, National Association, as Institutional
Trustee, and Heritage Commerce Corp, as Sponsor, dated
as of September 26, 2002
|
3/29/03
|
4.9
|
||||||||
4.9
|
Certificate
of Determination for Fixed Rate Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock,
Series A.
|
77
|
11/26/08
|
|
3.1
|
||||||
4.10
|
Warrant To Purchase Common Stock dated November 21,
2008
|
11/26/08
|
4.2
|
||||||||
10.1
|
Real
Property Leases for Registrant's Principal Office
|
3/5/98
|
10.1
|
||||||||
10.2
|
Third
Amendment to Lease for Registrant's Principal Office
|
|
8/17/05
|
10.1
|
|||||||
10.3
|
Fourth
Amendment to Lease for Registrant's Principal Office
|
|
8/17/05
|
|
10.2
|
||||||
10.4
|
Fourth
Amendment to Sublease for Registrant's Principal Office
|
|
|
6/22/05
|
|
99.1
|
|||||
10.5
|
Heritage
Commerce Corp Management Incentive Plan*
|
|
|
5/3/05
|
|
99.1
|
|||||
10.6
|
1994
Stock Option Plan and Form of Agreement*
|
7/17/98
|
|
4.2
|
|||||||
10.7
|
2004 Stock Option Plan and Form of Agreement*
|
X
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
10.8
|
Modification to
Employment agreement of James Mayer dated December 11,
2008*
|
|
12/17/08
|
|
10.1
|
||||||
10.9
|
Amendment No. 2 to 2004 Stock Option Plan*
|
7/30/08
|
|
|
99.4
|
||||||
10.10
|
Restricetd stock agreement with Walter Kaczmarek dated March 17,
2005*
|
|
3/22/05
|
|
10.2
|
||||||
10.11
|
2004
stock option agreement with Walter Kaczmarek dated March 17,
2005*
|
|
3/22/05
|
|
10.3
|
||||||
10.12
|
Non-qualified
Deferred Compensaton Plan*
|
|
3/31/05
|
10.11
|
|||||||
10.13
|
Amended
and Restated Employment agreement with Walter
Kaczmarek dated October 17, 2007 * |
10/22/07
|
10.1
|
||||||||
10.14
|
Amended
and Restated Employment agreement with Lawrence
McGovern dated October 17, 2007 *
|
10/22/07
|
|
10.2
|
|||||||
10.15
|
Amended
and Restated Employment agreement with Raymond
Parker, dated October 17, 2007 *
|
|
10/22/07
|
10.3
|
|||||||
10.16
|
Amended
and Restated Employment agreement with Richard
Hagarty, dated October 17, 2007 *
|
10/22/07
|
10.4 |
||||||||
10.17
|
Employment
agreement with Michael R. Ong, dated August 12, 2008
*
|
78
|
8/13/08
|
10.1
|
|||||||
10.18
|
Employment
agreement with Janet Walworth, dated December 15, 2008
*
|
|
12/22/08
|
10.1
|
|||||||
10.19
|
Severance
Agreement with Richard Hagarty, dated September 5, 2008*
|
|
9/10/08
|
99.1
|
|||||||
10.20
|
Consulting
Agreement dated of February 8, 2007 between Heritage Bank of Commerce
and John Hounslow*
|
|
6/22/07
|
10.1
|
|||||||
10.21
|
Non-Compete,
Non-Solicitation and Confidentiality Agreement dated as of
February 8, 2007 by and among Heritage Commerce Corp and
Heritage Bank of Commerce and John J. Hounslow
|
|
|
6/22/07
|
10.2
|
||||||
10.22
|
Letter
Agreement between John J. Hounslow and Heritage Commerce
Corp dated June 20, 2007*
|
|
|
6/22/07
|
10.3
|
||||||
10.23
|
Employment
agreement dated as of February 8, 2007 between James Mayer and Heritage
Bank of Commerce*
|
|
6/22/07
|
10.4
|
|||||||
10.24
|
Non-Compete,
Non-Solicitation and Confidentiality Agreement dated as of
February 8, 2007 by and among James Mayer, Heritage Commerce Corp and
Heritage Bank of Commerce
|
|
6/22/07
|
10.5
|
|||||||
10.25
|
2005 Amended and Restated Heritage Commerce Corp Supplemental Retirement Plan* |
|
9/30/08
|
|
99.1
|
||||||
10.26
|
Form
of Endorsement Method Split Dollar Plan Agreement for Executive
Officers*
|
|
3/17/08
|
10.20
|
|||||||
10.27
|
Form
of Endorsement Method Split Dollar Plan Agreement
for Directors*
|
|
3/17/08
|
10.21
|
|||||||
10.28
|
Amendment
No.1 to Employment dated December 29, 2008 between the Company
and Walter T. Kaczmarek*
|
|
1/2/09
|
10.1
|
|||||||
10.29
|
Amendment
No.1 to Employment dated December 29, 2008 between the Company
and Lawrence D. McGovern*
|
|
1/2/09
|
10.2
|
|||||||
10.30
|
Amendment
No.1 to Employment dated December 29, 2008 between the Company
and Raymond Parker* |
|
|
1/2/09
|
10.3
|
||||||
10.31
|
Amendment
No.1 to Employment dated December 29, 2008 between the Company
and Michael Ong*
|
|
1/2/09
|
10.4
|
|||||||
10.32
|
Amendment No.1 to Employment dated December 29,
2008 between the Company and James Mayer*
|
1/2/09
|
10.5
|
||||||||
10.33
|
First
Amended and Restated Deferred Agreement dated December 29, 2008
between Jack Peckham and the Company*
|
79
|
1/2/09
|
10.6
|
|||||||
10.34
|
First
Amended and Restated Deferred Agreement dated December 29, 2008
between James Blair and the Company*
|
|
1/2/09
|
10.7
|
|||||||
10.35
|
First Amended and Restated Director Compensation
Benefits Agreement dated December 29, 2008 between Jack
Conner and the Company*
|
1/2/09
|
10.8
|
||||||||
10.36
|
First Amended and Restated Director Compensation
Benefits Agreement dated December 29, 2008 between Frank
Bisceglia and the Company*
|
1/2/09
|
10.9
|
||||||||
10.37
|
First Amended and Restated Director Compensation
Benefits Agreement dated December 29, 2008 between James
Blair and the Company*
|
1/2/09 |
10.10 |
||||||||
10.38
|
First Amended and Restated Director Compensation
Benefits Agreement dated December 29, 2008 between Robert
Moles and the Company*
|
1/2/09
|
10.11
|
||||||||
10.39
|
First Amended and Restated Director Compensation
Benefits Agreement dated December 29, 2008 between Louis
Normandin and the Company*
|
1/2/09
|
10.12
|
||||||||
10.40
|
First Amended and Restated Director Compensation
Benefits Agreement dated December 29, 2008 between Jack
Peckham and the Company*
|
1/2/09
|
10.13
|
||||||||
10.41
|
First Amended and Restated Director Compensation
Benefits Agreement dated December 29, 2008
between Humphery Polanen and the Company*
|
1/2/09
|
10.14
|
||||||||
10.42
|
First Amended and Restated Director Compensation
Benefits Agreement dated December 29, 2008 between Charles
Toeniskoetter and the Company*
|
1/2/09
|
10.15
|
||||||||
10.43
|
First Amended and Restated Director Compensation
Benefits Agreement dated December 29, 2008 between Ranson
Webster and the Company*
|
1/2/09
|
10.16
|
||||||||
10.44
|
First Amended and Restated Director Compensation
Benefits Agreement dated December 29, 2008 between William
Del Biaggio, Jr. and the Company*
|
1/2/09
|
10.17
|
||||||||
10.45
|
Letter
Agreement dated November 21, 2008 between the Company and United States
Treasury for Fixed Rate Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock,
Series A and Warrant for Common Stock
|
11/26/08
|
10.1
|
||||||||
21.1
|
Subsidiaries
of the registrant
|
|
|
|
3/16/07
|
21.1
|
|||||
23.1
|
Consent
of Crowe Horwath LLP
|
X
|
80
|
||||||||
31.1
|
Certification
of Registrant’s Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to Section 302 of the
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
|
X
|
|
||||||||
31.2
|
Certification
of Registrant’s Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to Section 302 of the
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
|
X
|
|
||||||||
32.1
|
Certification
of Registrant’s Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section
1350
|
X
|
|
||||||||
32.2
|
Certification
of Registrant’s Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section
1350
|
X
|
*
Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.
81